Lincoln Electric Invertec V350 Pro Svm152 A Users Manual SVM152A

SVM152-A to the manual a5f88584-2669-4538-9055-ab282417f987

2015-02-09

: Lincoln-Electric Lincoln-Electric-Invertec-V350-Pro-Svm152-A-Users-Manual-574553 lincoln-electric-invertec-v350-pro-svm152-a-users-manual-574553 lincoln-electric pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 155 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

SVM152-A
JULY, 2000
Safety Depends on You
Lincoln arc welding and cutting
equipment is designed and built
with safety in mind. However,
your overall safety can be
increased by proper installation
. . . and thoughtful operation on
your part. DO NOT INSTALL,
OPERATE OR REPAIR THIS
EQUIPMENT WITHOUT READ-
ING THIS MANUAL AND THE
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CON-
TAINED THROUGHOUT. And,
most importantly, think before
you act and be careful.
SERVICE MANUAL
For use with machine code numbers 10651, 10669
INVERTEC V350-PRO
WARNING
REMOTEPOWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
WARNING
WARNING AVISO DE
PRECAUCION
ATTENTION
!!
!!
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam non
umm
umm
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
at
at
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
View Safety Info View Safety Info View Safety Info View Safety Info
RETURN TO MAIN INDEX
• Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide •
Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 U.S.A. TEL: 216.481.8100 FAX: 216.486.1751 WEB SITE: www.lincolnelectric.com
• World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products •
Copyright © 2000 Lincoln Global Inc.
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
i
SAFETY
i
FOR ENGINE
powered equipment.
1.a. Turn the engine off before troubleshooting and maintenance
work unless the maintenance work requires it to be running.
____________________________________________________
1.b.Operate engines in open, well-ventilated
areas or vent the engine exhaust fumes
outdoors.
____________________________________________________
1.c. Do not add the fuel near an open flame weld-
ing arc or when the engine is running. Stop
the engine and allow it to cool before refuel-
ing to prevent spilled fuel from vaporizing on
contact with hot engine parts and igniting. Do
not spill fuel when filling tank. If fuel is spilled,
wipe it up and do not start engine until fumes
have been eliminated.
____________________________________________________
1.d. Keep all equipment safety guards, covers and devices in posi-
tion and in good repair.Keep hands, hair, clothing and tools
away from V-belts, gears, fans and all other moving parts
when starting, operating or repairing equipment.
____________________________________________________
1.e. In some cases it may be necessary to remove safety
guards to perform required maintenance. Remove
guards only when necessary and replace them when the
maintenance requiring their removal is complete.
Always use the greatest care when working near moving
parts.
___________________________________________________
1.f. Do not put your hands near the engine fan.
Do not attempt to override the governor or
idler by pushing on the throttle control rods
while the engine is running.
___________________________________________________
1.g. To prevent accidentally starting gasoline engines while
turning the engine or welding generator during maintenance
work, disconnect the spark plug wires, distributor cap or
magneto wire as appropriate.
ARC WELDING CAN BE HAZARDOUS. PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS FROM POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
KEEP CHILDREN AWAY. PACEMAKER WEARERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR DOCTOR BEFORE OPERATING.
Read and understand the following safety highlights. For additional safety information, it is strongly recommended that you
purchase a copy of “Safety in Welding & Cutting - ANSI Standard Z49.1” from the American Welding Society, P.O. Box 351040,
Miami, Florida 33135 or CSA Standard W117.2-1974. A Free copy of “Arc Welding Safety” booklet E205 is available from the
Lincoln Electric Company, 22801 St. Clair Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199.
BE SURE THAT ALL INSTALLATION, OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ARE
PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS.
WARNING
Mar ‘95
ELECTRIC AND
MAGNETIC FIELDS
may be dangerous
2.a. Electric current flowing through any conductor causes
localized Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMF). Welding
current creates EMF fields around welding cables and
welding machines
2.b. EMF fields may interfere with some pacemakers, and
welders having a pacemaker should consult their physician
before welding.
2.c. Exposure to EMF fields in welding may have other health
effects which are now not known.
2.d. All welders should use the following procedures in order to
minimize exposure to EMF fields from the welding circuit:
2.d.1.
Route the electrode and work cables together - Secure
them with tape when possible.
2.d.2. Never coil the electrode lead around your body.
2.d.3. Do not place your body between the electrode and
work cables. If the electrode cable is on your right
side, the work cable should also be on your right side.
2.d.4. Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close as
possible to the area being welded.
2.d.5. Do not work next to welding power source.
1.h. To avoid scalding, do not remove the
radiator pressure cap when the engine is
hot.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents
are known to the State of California to cause can-
cer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
The engine exhaust from this product contains
chemicals known to the State of California to cause
cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm.
The Above For Diesel Engines The Above For Gasoline Engines
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ii
SAFETY
ii
ARC RAYS can burn.
4.a. Use a shield with the proper filter and cover
plates to protect your eyes from sparks and
the rays of the arc when welding or observing
open arc welding. Headshield and filter lens
should conform to ANSI Z87. I standards.
4.b. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame-resistant
material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from
the arc rays.
4.c. Protect other nearby personnel with suitable, non-flammable
screening and/or warn them not to watch the arc nor expose
themselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal.
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
3.a. The electrode and work (or ground) circuits
are electrically “hot” when the welder is on.
Do not touch these “hot” parts with your bare
skin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole-free
gloves to insulate hands.
3.b. Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation.
Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your full
area of physical contact with work and ground.
In addition to the normal safety precautions, if welding
must be performed under electrically hazardous
conditions (in damp locations or while wearing wet
clothing; on metal structures such as floors, gratings or
scaffolds; when in cramped positions such as sitting,
kneeling or lying, if there is a high risk of unavoidable or
accidental contact with the workpiece or ground) use
the following equipment:
• Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage (Wire) Welder.
• DC Manual (Stick) Welder.
AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control.
3.c. In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding, the electrode,
electrode reel, welding head, nozzle or semiautomatic
welding gun are also electrically “hot”.
3.d. Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical
connection with the metal being welded. The connection
should be as close as possible to the area being welded.
3.e. Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical
(earth) ground.
3.f.
Maintain the electrode holder, work clamp, welding cable and
welding machine in good, safe operating condition. Replace
damaged insulation.
3.g. Never dip the electrode in water for cooling.
3.h. Never simultaneously touch electrically “hot” parts of
electrode holders connected to two welders because voltage
between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage
of both welders.
3.i. When working above floor level, use a safety belt to protect
yourself from a fall should you get a shock.
3.j. Also see Items 6.c. and 8.
FUMES AND GASES
can be dangerous.
5.a. Welding may produce fumes and gases
hazardous to health. Avoid breathing these
fumes and gases.When welding, keep
your head out of the fume. Use enough
ventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to keep
fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. When
welding with electrodes which require special
ventilation such as stainless or hard facing (see
instructions on container or MSDS) or on lead or
cadmium plated steel and other metals or coatings
which produce highly toxic fumes, keep exposure as
low as possible and below Threshold Limit Values (TLV)
using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation. In
confined spaces or in some circumstances, outdoors, a
respirator may be required. Additional precautions are
also required when welding on galvanized steel.
5.b.
Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon
vapors
coming from degreasing, cleaning or spraying operations.
The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors
to
form phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating
products.
5.c. Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and
cause injury or death. Always use enough ventilation,
especially in confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe.
5.d. Read and understand the manufacturer’s instructions for this
equipment and the consumables to be used, including the
material safety data sheet (MSDS) and follow your
employer’s safety practices. MSDS forms are available from
your welding distributor or from the manufacturer.
5.e. Also see item 1.b. Mar ‘95
SAFETY
iii iii
V350-PRO
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FOR ELECTRICALLY
powered equipment.
8.a. Turn off input power using the disconnect
switch at the fuse box before working on
the equipment.
8.b. Install equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
Electrical Code, all local codes and the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
8.c. Ground the equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
Electrical Code and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
CYLINDER may explode
if damaged.
7.a. Use only compressed gas cylinders
containing the correct shielding gas for the
process used and properly operating
regulators designed for the gas and
pressure used. All hoses, fittings, etc. should be suitable for
the application and maintained in good condition.
7.b. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securely
chained to an undercarriage or fixed support.
7.c. Cylinders should be located:
Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected to
physical damage.
A safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations and
any other source of heat, sparks, or flame.
7.d. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any other
electrically “hot” parts to touch a cylinder.
7.e. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet
when opening the cylinder valve.
7.f. Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand
tight except when the cylinder is in use or connected for
use.
7.g. Read and follow the instructions on compressed gas
cylinders, associated equipment, and CGA publication P-l,
“Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in
Cylinders,” available from the Compressed Gas Association
1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.
Mar ‘95
WELDING SPARKS can
cause fire or explosion.
6.a.
Remove fire hazards from the welding area.
If this is not possible, cover them to prevent
the welding sparks from starting a fire.
Remember that welding sparks and hot
materials from welding can easily go through small cracks
and openings to adjacent areas. Avoid welding near
hydraulic lines. Have a fire extinguisher readily available.
6.b. Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site,
special precautions should be used to prevent hazardous
situations. Refer to “Safety in Welding and Cutting” (ANSI
Standard Z49.1) and the operating information for the
equipment being used.
6.c. When not welding, make certain no part of the electrode
circuit is touching the work or ground. Accidental contact can
cause overheating and create a fire hazard.
6.d. Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until the
proper steps have been taken to insure that such procedures
will not cause flammable or toxic vapors from substances
inside. They can cause an explosion even
though
they have
been “cleaned”. For information, purchase “Recommended
Safe Practices for the
Preparation
for Welding and Cutting of
Containers and Piping That Have Held Hazardous
Substances”, AWS F4.1 from the American Welding Society
(see address above).
6.e. Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting or
welding. They may explode.
6.f.
Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc. Wear oil
free protective garments such as leather gloves, heavy shirt,
cuffless trousers, high shoes and a cap over your hair. Wear
ear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places.
Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in a
welding area.
6.g. Connect the work cable to the work as close to the welding
area as practical. Work cables connected to the building
framework or other locations away from the welding area
increase the possibility of the welding current passing
through lifting chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits.
This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains or
cables until they fail.
6.h. Also see item 1.c.
SAFETY
iv iv
V350-PRO
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ
Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructions
et les précautions de sûreté specifiques qui parraissent dans ce
manuel aussi bien que les précautions de sûreté générales suiv-
antes:
Sûreté Pour Soudage A L’Arc
1. Protegez-vous contre la secousse électrique:
a. Les circuits à l’électrode et à la piéce sont sous tension
quand la machine à souder est en marche. Eviter toujours
tout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nue
ou les vétements mouillés. Porter des gants secs et sans
trous pour isoler les mains.
b. Faire trés attention de bien s’isoler de la masse quand on
soude dans des endroits humides, ou sur un plancher met-
allique ou des grilles metalliques, principalement dans
les positions assis ou couché pour lesquelles une grande
partie du corps peut être en contact avec la masse.
c. Maintenir le porte-électrode, la pince de masse, le câble de
soudage et la machine à souder en bon et sûr état defonc-
tionnement.
d.Ne jamais plonger le porte-électrode dans l’eau pour le
refroidir.
e. Ne jamais toucher simultanément les parties sous tension
des porte-électrodes connectés à deux machines à souder
parce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut être le total
de la tension à vide des deux machines.
f. Si on utilise la machine à souder comme une source de
courant pour soudage semi-automatique, ces precautions
pour le porte-électrode s’applicuent aussi au pistolet de
soudage.
2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protéger
contre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc. Ne jamais
enrouler le câble-électrode autour de n’importe quelle partie du
corps.
3. Un coup d’arc peut être plus sévère qu’un coup de soliel, donc:
a. Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant approprié ainsi
qu’un verre blanc afin de se protéger les yeux du rayon-
nement de l’arc et des projections quand on soude ou
quand on regarde l’arc.
b. Porter des vêtements convenables afin de protéger la peau
de soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de l‘arc.
c. Protéger l’autre personnel travaillant à proximité au
soudage à l’aide d’écrans appropriés et non-inflammables.
4. Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont émises de l’arc de
soudage. Se protéger avec des vêtements de protection libres
de l’huile, tels que les gants en cuir, chemise épaisse, pan-
talons sans revers, et chaussures montantes.
5. Toujours porter des lunettes de sécurité dans la zone de
soudage. Utiliser des lunettes avec écrans lateraux dans les
zones où l’on pique le laitier.
6. Eloigner les matériaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de
prévenir tout risque d’incendie dû aux étincelles.
7. Quand on ne soude pas, poser la pince à une endroit isolé de
la masse. Un court-circuit accidental peut provoquer un
échauffement et un risque d’incendie.
8. S’assurer que la masse est connectée le plus prés possible de
la zone de travail qu’il est pratique de le faire. Si on place la
masse sur la charpente de la construction ou d’autres endroits
éloignés de la zone de travail, on augmente le risque de voir
passer le courant de soudage par les chaines de levage,
câbles de grue, ou autres circuits. Cela peut provoquer des
risques d’incendie ou d’echauffement des chaines et des
câbles jusqu’à ce qu’ils se rompent.
9. Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage.
Ceci est particuliérement important pour le soudage de tôles
galvanisées plombées, ou cadmiées ou tout autre métal qui
produit des fumeés toxiques.
10. Ne pas souder en présence de vapeurs de chlore provenant
d’opérations de dégraissage, nettoyage ou pistolage. La
chaleur ou les rayons de l’arc peuvent réagir avec les vapeurs
du solvant pour produire du phosgéne (gas fortement toxique)
ou autres produits irritants.
11. Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la sûreté, voir
le code “Code for safety in welding and cutting” CSA Standard
W 117.2-1974.
PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ POUR
LES MACHINES À SOUDER À
TRANSFORMATEUR ET À
REDRESSEUR
1. Relier à la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code de
l’électricité et aux recommendations du fabricant. Le dispositif
de montage ou la piece à souder doit être branché à une
bonne mise à la terre.
2. Autant que possible, I’installation et l’entretien du poste seront
effectués par un électricien qualifié.
3. Avant de faires des travaux à l’interieur de poste, la debranch-
er à l’interrupteur à la boite de fusibles.
4. Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de sûreté à leur place.
MASTER TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONS
v v
V350-PRO
Page
Safety.................................................................................................................................................i-iv
Installation.............................................................................................................................Section A
Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B
Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C
Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D
Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E
Troubleshooting and Repair.................................................................................................Section F
How to Use Troubleshooting Guide............................................................................................F-2
Troubleshooting Guide................................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures ........................................................................................................................F-15
Replacement Procedures .........................................................................................................F-51
Electrical Diagrams..............................................................................................................Section G
Parts Manual....................................................................................................................P-369 Series
RETURN TO MAIN INDEX
SectionA-1 Section A-1
V350-PRO
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- INSTALLATION SECTION -
Installation
Technical Specifications.............................................................................................................A-2
Input Grounding Connections....................................................................................................A-3
Power Cord Connection.............................................................................................................A-3
Single Phase Input ...............................................................................................................A-3
Three Phase Input................................................................................................................A-3
Parallel Operation.......................................................................................................................A-3
Quick Disconnect Plugs .............................................................................................................A-3
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
A-2
INSTALLATION
A-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -
INVERTEC V350-PRO
INPUT AC VOLTAGE & DC OUTPUT
OUTPUT CABLES, CONNECTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
Product Ordering Input AC Rated DC Output Output Weight
Name Information Voltage Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle Range with Cord HxWxD
(continuous)
K1728-1 200-230 / 200-230/ 350A / 34V / 60%
Factory 380-415/ Factory
460-480/ 275A / 31V / 100% 82.5lbs 14.7”x12.5”x
Invertec 575 (37.4 kg) 27.8”*
V350- K1728-2 3 Phase AMPS (373x318x
PRO Construction 60/50 Hz 5-425 Construction 706*)mm
60/50 Hz
81.5lbs
208-230/ 350A / 34V / 60% (36.9 kg) * Includes
K1728-3 415/ handles
“CE” 460-480/ 275A / 31V /100%
575
1 Phase
* Overall Length Including Handle, 27.8” (706mm) without handle.
Select the output cable size based upon the following chart.
Cable sizes for Combined Length of Electrode and Work Cable (Copper) 75C rated:
DUTY CYCLE CURRENT LENGTH UP 61m (200 FT) 61-76m (200-250 FT)
100% 275 1/0 1/0
60% 350 1/0 2/0
V350-PRO INPUT CURRENT
1. When operating on these inputs, the line cord should be changed to an input conductor of 6 AWG or larger.
Recommended Fuse Sizes Based On The U.S. National Electrical Code And Maximum Machine Outputs
Input 50/60 Hz Output Recommended
Voltage Phases 275Amps@ 350Amps@ Line Cord Size Fuse Size Notes
31Volts(100%) 34Volts(60%)
208 1 70 94 2 125A Note 1
230 1 62 85 4 125A Note 1
415 1 38 54 6 80A Note 1
460 1 34 42 8 70A
575 1 27 37 8 50A
200 3 37 50 8 80A Note 1
208 3 36 50 6 80A Note 1
230 3 31 42 8 70A
380 3 21 28 8 50A
400 3 20 27 8 50A
415 3 19 26 8 50A
460 3 17 23 8 50A
575 3 14 18 8 35A
INSTALLATION
A-3 A-3
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
INPUT AND GROUNDING CONNECTIONS
1. Only a qualified electrician should connect the
Invertec V350-PRO. Installation should be made
in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical
Code, all local codes and the information detailed
below.
2. When received directly from the factory, multiple
voltage machines are internally connected for
460VAC. If 460VAC is the desired input, then the
machine may be connected to the power system
without any setup required inside the machine.
3. Initial 200VAC - 415VAC and 575VAC operation
will require an Input voltage panel setup.
• Open the access panel on the rear of the
machine.
• For 200 or 230: Position the large switch to 200-
230.
For higher voltages: Position the large switch to
380-575.
• Move the "A" lead to the appropriate terminal.
POWER CORD CONNECTION
A 10 ft. (3.0m) power cord is provided and wired into
the machine. Follow the power cord connection
instructions. Incorrect connection may result in equip-
ment damage.
INSTALLATION
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
• TURN THE INPUT POWER OFF AT
THE DISCONNECT SWITCH BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO CONNECT OR DIS-
CONNECT INPUT POWER LINES, OUTPUT
CABLES, OR CONTROL CABLES.
Only qualified personnel should perform this
installation.
Connect the green lead of the power cord to
ground per U.S. National Electrical Code.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
WARNING
Single Phase Input
1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National
Electrical Code.
2. Connect black and white leads to power.
3. Wrap red lead with tape to provide 600V insulation.
Three Phase Input
1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National
Electric Code.
2. Connect black, red and white leads to power.
Install in accordance with all local and national
electric codes.
PARALLEL OPERATION
The V350-Pro are operable in parallel in CC mode.
For best results, the currents of each machine should
be reasonably well shared. As an example, with two
machines set up in parallel for a 400 amp procedure,
each machine should be set to deliver approximately
200 amps, not 300 amps from one and 100 amps
from the other. This will minimize nuisance shutdown
conditions. In general, more than two machines in
parallel will not be effective due to the voltage
requirements of procedures in that power range.
To set machine outputs, start with output control pots
and arc control pots in identical positions. Use the
output control pots to balance the currents and main-
tain the desired voltage or current. The arc control
pots should be kept identical on the two machines.
QUICK DISCONNECT PLUGS
A quick disconnect system is used for the welding
cable connections. The welding plug included with the
machine is designed to accept a welding cable size of
1/0 to 2/0.
1. Remote 25mm (1 in.) of welding cable insulation.
2. Slide rubber boot onto cable end. The boot end
may be trimmed to match the cable diameter.
Soap or other lubricant will help to slide the boot
over the cable.
3. Slide the copper tube into the brass plug.
4. Insert cable into copper tube.
WARNING
REMOTEPOWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
WARNING
WARNING AVISO DE
PRECAUCION
ATTENTION
!!
!!
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
at
GREEN
RED
BLACK
WHITE
25 mm
1 in.
WELDING CABLE
BOOT
TRIM
INSTALLATION
A-4 A-4
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
5. Tighten set screw to collapse copper tube. Screw
must apply pressure against welding cable. The
top of the set screw will be well below the surface
of the brass plug after tightening.
6. Slide rubber boot over brass plug. The rubber
boot must be positioned to completely cover all
electrical surfaces after the plug is locked into the
receptacle.
SET SCREW
BRASS PLUG
COPPER TUBE
Section B-1 Section B-1
V350-PRO
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- OPERATION SECTION -
Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B
Operating Instructions................................................................................................................B-2
Product Description .............................................................................................................B-2
Duty Cycle............................................................................................................................B-2
Operational Features and Controls ............................................................................................B-2
Upper Control Panel...................................................................................................................B-2
Amps Meter..........................................................................................................................B-2
Volt Meter.............................................................................................................................B-2
Output Control......................................................................................................................B-2
Weld Terminals .....................................................................................................................B-2
Thermal.................................................................................................................................B-3
Control Remote....................................................................................................................B-3
Hidden Middle Control Panel .....................................................................................................B-3
Weld Mode Select................................................................................................................B-3
CC-Stick Soft..................................................................................................................B-3
CC-Stick Crisp................................................................................................................B-3
TIG GTAW.......................................................................................................................B-4
CV-Wire...........................................................................................................................B-4
CV-Flux Cored ................................................................................................................B-4
Hot Start & Arc Control........................................................................................................B-4
Lower Case Front.......................................................................................................................B-4
CV Modes.............................................................................................................................B-4
TIG Mode .............................................................................................................................B-5
CC-Stick Modes...................................................................................................................B-5
Types of Remote Output Control................................................................................................B-5
Types of Remote Weld Terminal Control....................................................................................B-5
Design Features and Advantages...............................................................................................B-5
Auxiliary Power...........................................................................................................................B-6
Limitations...................................................................................................................................B-6
Recommended Processes..........................................................................................................B-6
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
B-2 B-2
V350-PRO
OPERATION
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Do not touch electrically live parts or
electrode with skin or wet clothing.
Insulate yourself from work and
ground.
Always wear dry insulating gloves.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUMES AND GASES can be dangerous.
Keep your head out of fumes.
Use ventilation or exhaust to remove
fumes from breathing zone.
-------------------------------------------------------
-----------------
WELDING SPARKS can cause fire or
explosion.
Keep flammable material away.
Do not weld on closed containers.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARC RAYS can burn eyes and skin.
Wear eye, ear and body
protection.
------------------------------------------------------------
See additional warning information at
front of this operators manual.
-----------------------------------------------------------
WARNING
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The Invertec V350-Pro offers multi mode CV and CC
DC welding and is rated 350 amps, 34 volts at a 60%
duty cycle. The V350-Pro is available in European and
Rest of the World (North America and Export) versions.
Differences between these versions are input ratings
and CE noise filtering. In the different configurations,
the V350-Pro is available in either a construction ver-
sion (no wire feeder connection and auxiliary power)
and a factory version (includes wire feeder connection
and related power).
DUTY CYCLE
The V350-Pro is rated at 350 amps, 60% duty cycle
(based on a 10 minute cycle). It is also rated at 275
amps, 100% duty cycle.
OPERATIONAL FEATURES and CONTROLS:
UPPER CONTROL PANEL
1. AMPS Meter
Prior to STICK or TIG operation (current flow), the
meter displays preset current value (either 2 amps or
+/- 3% (e.g. 3 amps on 100), whichever is greater).
Prior to CV operation, the meter displays four dash-
es indicating non-presetable AMPS.
During welding, this meter displays actual average
amps.
After welding, the meter holds the actual current
value for 5 seconds. Output adjustment while in the
"hold" period results in the "prior to operation" char-
acteristics stated above. The displays blink indicat-
ing that the machine is in the "Hold" period.
2. VOLT METER
• Prior to CV operation (current flow), the meter dis-
plays desired preset voltage value (+/- .5V).
• Prior to STICK or TIG operation, the meter displays
the Open Circuit Voltage of the Power Source or
four dashes if the output has not been turned on.
• During welding, this meter displays actual average
volts.
After welding, the meter holds the actual voltage
value for 5 seconds. The displays blink indicating
that the machine is in the "Hold" period.
• Output adjustment while in the "hold" period results
in the "prior to operation" characteristics stated
above.
3. OUTPUT CONTROL
• Output control is conducted via a single turn poten-
tiometer.
Adjustment is indicated by the meters as stated
above.
• When in TIG modes, this control sets the maximum
welding current. Full depression of a foot or hand
Amptrol results in the preset level of current.
4. WELD TERMINALS-REMOTE , ON
Two status lights indicate the location of trigger
control as determined by the "WELD TERMINALS"
push button.
• If trigger control is local "weld terminals on", the ON
display will be lit.
• If trigger control is remote "weld terminals remotely
controlled", the REMOTE display will be lit.
The unit will power up in "pre-determined preferred"
trigger modes.
For the Construction version all modes ON.
For the Factory version
STICK = ON
TIG and CV = ON or REMOTE depending if remote
output controls are connected to the machine.
OPERATION
B-3 B-3
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
For both the Construction and Factory versions,
these trigger modes can be over-ridden (switched)
with the WELD TERMINALS push button. When
changed, the unit will power up in the configuration it
was in when it was last powered down.
5. THERMAL
This status light indicates when the power source
has been driven into thermal overload. If the output
terminals were "ON", the "ON" light will blink indi-
cating that the output will be turned back on once
the unit cools down to an acceptable temperature
level. If the unit was operating in the "REMOTE"
mode, the trigger will need to be opened before or
after the thermal has cleared and closed after the
machine has cooled down to an acceptable temper-
ature to establish output.
6. CONTROL-REMOTE , LOCAL
Two status lights indicate the location of output
control as pre-determined by the power sources
auto-configure system.
The LOCAL display will be lit when control is at the
power source.
The REMOTE display will be lit when a remote
pot/control is detected.
These Output Control configurations can be overrid-
den (switched) with the CONTROL push button.
When changed, the unit will power up in the configu-
ration it was in when it was last powered down.
Hidden Middle Control Panel Process
Set Up Panel
The middle control panel is removable to allow for
upgrades (see Field Installed Options/Accessories).
Additionally, this panel is hidden by an access door
to reduce appeared complexity and provide protection
to the controls.
7. WELD MODE SELECT
The Mode Control button selects the following weld-
ing modes desired.
CC-STICK SOFT: The Stick Soft process features
continuous control ranging from 5 to 425 amps. This
mode was intended for most SMAW applications, and
Arc Gouging.
Arc Gouging: Setting the output of the Stick Soft
mode to 425 amps will enable the arc-gouging
mode. The actual output current will depend on
the size of carbon used. The recommended maxi-
mum size carbon is 5/16".
• The Hot Start control regulates the starting current
at arc initiation. Hot Start can be adjusted from
minimum (0), with no additional current added at
arc start, to maximum (10), with double the preset
current or 425 amps (max of machine) added for
the first second after arc initiation.
• The Arc Control regulates the Arc Force to adjust
the short circuit current. The minimum setting (-10)
will produce a "soft" arc and will produce minimal
spatter. The maximum setting (+10) will produce a
"crisp" arc and will minimize electrode sticking.
CC-STICK CRISP: The Stick Crisp mode features
continuous control from 5 to 425 amps. This mode
was intended primarily for pipe welding applications.
• The Hot Start control regulates the starting current
at arc initiation. Hot Start can adjust starting cur-
rent up or down by 25% of the preset value. The
recommended setting for Hot Start is 5 where the
initial current is equal to the preset current.
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
HO
HO
T ST
T ST
AR
AR
TWELD MODE
WELD MODE
ARC CONTR
ARC CONTR
OL
OL
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK CRISP
CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GT
TIG GT
AW
CV
CV
-WIRE
-WIRE
CV
CV
-FLUX CORED
-FLUX CORED
-4
-4
+4
+4
+2
+2
-2
-2
0
-6
-6
+6
+6
-10
-10
SOFT
SOFT
CRISP
CRISP
+10
+10
-8
-8
+8
+8
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
10
10
9
8
7
SELECT
SELECT
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
ON
ON
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
LOCAL
LOCAL
m
WELD
WELD
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
CONTR
CONTR
OL
OL
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MPS
MPS
AOL
OL
TS
TS
V
1
6
5
2
3
4
8
7
11
10
12 9
Figure B.1 CASEFRONT
OPERATION
B-4 B-4
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
The Arc Control regulates the relative Slope of the
process. Slope dynamically controls the force the
arc has to penetrate an open root. At the minimum
setting, Arc Control is very soft and is similar to the
Stick Soft mode. At the maximum setting, the slope
is reduced, the OCV is reduced, and the operator
has full control off the arc force required to pene-
trate an open root joint. For vertical down, open
root pipe welding applications, the recommended
setting is between 8 and 10.
• During welding, a boost circuit increases the avail-
able voltage to minimize pop outs. The boost cir-
cuit is independent of the OCV and only operates
when an arc is lit.
TIG GTAW: The TIG mode features continuous con-
trol from 5 to 425 amps. The TIG mode can be run in
either the TIG touch start or high frequency assisted
start mode.
The Hot Start control selects the starting mode
desired. A setting of less than 5, the TIG lift start
mode is selected. The OCV is controlled below 10v
and the short circuit "TIG touch" current is main-
tained at 25 amps independent of the preset cur-
rent.
When the tungsten is lifted, an arc is initiated and
the output is regulated at the preset value. Hot
start settings between 0 and 5 regulate the arc ini-
tiation current. A setting of 5 results in the most
positive arc initiation. A setting of 0 reduces hot
start.
• Hot Start settings between 5 and 10, select high
frequency assisted starting TIG mode. In this
range, the OCV of the machine is controlled
between 50 and 70 volts. If using the Lincoln
K930-1 TIG Module, set the Hot start to 10 for
maximum OCV.
• The Arc Control is not used in the TIG mode.
CV-WIRE: The CV-WIRE mode features continuous
control from 10 to 40 volts. The mode was intended
for most GMAW, FCAW, and MCAW applications.
The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-WIRE
mode.
The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini-
mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a
soft arc. Low pinch settings are preferable for
welding with gas mixes containing mostly inert
gases. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes
pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. High pinch
settings are preferable for welding FCAW and
GMAW with CO2.
CV-FLUX CORED: The CV-FLUX CORED mode
features continuous control from 10 to 45 volts. This
mode was designed for self-shielded flux cored wires
that require tight voltage control.
The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-FLUX
CORED mode.
The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini-
mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a
soft arc. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes
pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. Most self-
shielded wires work well at an Arc Control setting of 5.
8. HOT START and ARC CONTROL features have
different functions depending on the welding Mode
that is active. Each feature is described under the
welding mode heading. (See Item 7 for specified
Mode Operation)
LOWER CASE FRONT
The output studs, line switch and remote connector
are located on the lower case front.
9. Both STUDS contain "Twist-Mate" connector
inserts.
• The Negative stud is configured to accept the
pass through gas system.
10. The ON-OFF switch is a 3-phase circuit breaker
rated at 100 amps per leg.
11. The METER POLARITY switch is located above
the output connectors. The switch provides a
work connection for wire feeder voltmeters.
Place the switch in the position of the electrode
polarity indicated by the decal. The switch does
not change the welding polarity.
12. 6-PIN AMPENOL for remote control.
REMOTE CONTROL of the OUTPUT CONTROL
and WELD TERMINALS
The Invertec V350-Pro has auto sensing of remote
output controls.If after connecting or removing a
remote, the Invertec V350-Pro did not configured the
way you would like the local or remote control set-
tings can be changed by pushing the OUTPUT CON-
TROL or WELD TERMINAL button. (A user cannot
select between the 6 and 14 pin amphenols.)
CV modes
The remote will default to the 14-pin amphenol
remote if a remote is connected to either of the 14-
pin amphenols and the 6-pin amphenol. Note:
Only one of the 14-pin amphenols can have a
remote control connected at a time. If no remote is
connected to either of the 14-pin amphenols then
the remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a
remote is connected to it.
• If a remote control is connected to any of the
amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote
control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL
control will default to ON.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
OPERATION
B-5 B-5
V350-PRO
TIG mode
The remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a
remote control is connected to the 6-pin amphenol
and one of the 14-pin amphenols. If a remote is
not connected to the 6-pin amphenol then the
remote will default to the 14-pin amphenols if a
remote is connected to one of the 14-pin amphe-
nols.
• If a remote control is connected to any of the
amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote
control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL
control will default to ON.
CC-Stick modes
The remote will default to only the 6-pin amphenol if
a remote is connected to it.
The WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON
with or without a remote connected.
Types of Remote OUTPUT CONTROL
The Invertec V350-Pro’s Output Control can be
controlled by either a potentiometer connected
between 77 & 75 with the wiper connected to 76 or
a 0V to 10V DC supply connected between 76 &
75. (76 needs to be positive)
• 14-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin G, lead 76 is pin F
and lead 77 is pin E.
• 6-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin C, lead 76 is pin B
and lead 77 is pin A.
Potentiometer Control
The total resistance should be between 2000 ohms
(2K) and 10,000 ohms (10K)
The machine output will be at minimum when lead
76 (wiper) is at the end of the potentiometer that is
connected to 75. The machine’s output will
increase as the wiper of the potentiometer is moved
to the end that is connected to 77. (Note: In TIG
mode, moving the lead 76 (wiper) to lead 77 would
produce the current that has been set by the
Invertec V350-Pro’s front panel Output Control.)
• Remotes of this type offered by Lincoln Electric are
the K857, K812 and K870.
Voltage Control
The supply should be an isolated supply. (Not ref-
erenced to earth ground, any auxiliary power from
the Invertec V350-Pro or the welding output) The
supply should be capable of supplying at least
20mA.
• 0 volts supplied to 76 will set the Invertec V350-Pro
to minimum output for the mode that has been
selected while 10 volts supplied to 76 will set the
Invertec V350-Pro to the maximum output for the
mode. (Note: In TIG mode, 10 volts supplied to
lead 76 would produce the current that has been
Types of Remote WELD TERMINAL Control
The Invertec V350-Pro’s Weld Terminals can be
controlled from each of the amphenol connectors.
The circuit has a nominal OCV of 15VDC and
requires a dry contact closure (less than 100 ohms)
to activate the output of the Invertec V350-Pro.
• 14 Pin Amphenols the Weld Terminals are controlled
from pins C (lead 2) and pin D (lead 4). Pin C is
positive.
• 6 Pin Amphenol the Weld Terminals are controlled
from pin D (lead 2) and pin E (lead 4). In the 6-pin
amphenol pin D is positive.
DESIGN FEATURES and ADVANTAGES
• Multiple process DC output range: 5 - 425 amps
• Pre-settable welding outputs.
• Built-in Line Voltage Compensation holds the output
constant over +/- 10% input fluctuations.
• State of the art inverter technology yields high
power efficiency, excellent welding performance,
lightweight, and compact design.
• Utilizes microprocessor control.
• Electronic over current protection.
• Input over voltage protection
• Manual reconnect switch located on the back panel
with a clear reconnect door to allow easy determi-
nation of input configuration. The reconnect door is
fastened with _-turn connectors that allow quick
and easy access to the reconnect area. Circuit
breaker protected auxiliary.
• System Self Configure. The power source ana-
lyzes the remote controls connected to the amphe-
nols and the desired welding mode to properly
determine the location of trigger and output control.
• Modular options for easy upgrades
• Back lit Status Lights for improved error communi-
cation
• Circuit Breaker Input Switch
• F.A.N. (fan as needed). Cooling fan runs only when
necessary
• Thermostatically protected.
• Designed to the IEC 974-1 Standard.
• IP23S protection rating with potted PC boards for
enhanced ruggedness/reliability.
• Modular construction for easy servicing.
Aluminum Chassis and Wraparound
• 10 Ft. Power Cord included.
OPERATION
B-6 B-6
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Auxiliary Power
• 115VAC, 42VAC and 24VAC power is available
from the two 14-pin amphenols on the rear of the
unit. (K1728-2 Construction model of the Invertec
V350-Pro does not have the amphenols) These
supplies are intended to supply power for auxiliary
equipment like wire feeders and the TIG Module.
• 115VAC supply is rated at 2 amps and is protected
by a 2.5 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
• 42 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-
ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
• 24 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-
ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
Limitations
The V350-Pro is not recommended for processes
other than those listed.
The V350-Pro can only be used with the recom-
mended equipment and options.
Recommended Processes
Properly equipped, the Invertec V350-Pro supports
GMAW, FCAW, SMAW, GTAW and CAC-A
processes for a variety of materials, including mild
steel, stainless steel, cored wires, and aluminum.
C-1 C-1
V350-PRO
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- ACCESSORIES SECTION -
Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C
Connection of Lincoln Electric Wire Feeders..............................................................C-2 Thru C-9
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K441-1 Remote.......................................................C-2
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K857 Remote..........................................................C-3
LN-25 with K431 Remote Option.........................................................................................C-4
V350-PRO/LN-25 with K867 Adapter..................................................................................C-5
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable ..........................................................................C-6
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K867 Adapter....................................................................................C-7
V350-PRO/LN-742...............................................................................................................C-8
V350-PRO/LN-10 with K1505 Control Cable ......................................................................C-9
Cobramatic & Tig......................................................................................................................C-10
Options Accessories.................................................................................................................C-10
CONNECTION OF LINCOLN ELEC-
TRIC WIRE FEEDERS
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE
V350-PRO ACROSS THE ARC WITH
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K441-1 REMOTE CON-
TROL.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the
application.
3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no
welding current.
4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity
chosen.
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.
7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”
position.
If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-
tactor, the electrode will be HOT when the V350-
PRO is energized.
8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and
then adjust to suit.
CAUTION
ACCESSORIES
C-2 C-2
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
+ -
6 pin
Amphenol
To Work Electrode Cable
Optional K444-1
Remote Control
LN-25
Wire Feeder Work Clip Lead
To Work
Figure C.1 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM
NOTE: Illustation shows electrode connected for negative polarity.
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE
V350-PRO ACROSS THE ARC WITH
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K857 REMOTE CON-
TROL.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the
application.
3. Connect the K857 remote control to the 6-pin
amphenol on the V350-PRO.
4. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no
welding current.
5. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity
chosen.
6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.
7. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.
8. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”
position.
If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-
tactor, the electrode will be HOT when the V350-
PRO is energized.
9. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and
then adjust to suit.
ACCESSORIES
C-3 C-3
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CAUTION
NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for negative polarity.
Figure C.2 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM WITH K857
REMOTE CONTROL
+ -
6 pin
Amphenol
To Work Electrode Cable
LN-25
Wire Feeder Work Clip Lead
To Work
K857
Remote Control
ACCESSORIES
C-4 C-4
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 WITH K431
REMOTE OPTION TO THE V350-PRO.
NOTE: AN LN-25 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-
TORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the
application.
3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no
welding current.
4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity
chosen.
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.
7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the
“REMOTE” position.
8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and
then adjust to suit.
9. Connect the K432 remote control cable to the LN-
25.
10. Connect the K876 adapter to the K432 and to the
24/42VAC 14-pin amphenol located at the rear of
the V350-PRO.
11. Adjust the wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-
25.
NOTE: See Figure C.4 for connection Using K867
adapter.
TO
WORK
-
+
14 PIN (24/42VAC)
AMPHENOL
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-25
K432 REMOTE
CONTROL CABLE
INVERTEC
POWER SOURCE
LN-25 WITH
K431 OPTION
6 PIN AMPHENOL
K876 ADAPTER
NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for positive polarity.
Figure C.3 LN-25 with K431 Remote Option to the V350-PRO
ACCESSORIES
C-5 C-5
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER
FOR USE WITH LN-25 WITH K431
OPTION/V350-PRO.
1. Insulate each unused lead individually.
2. Remove 6 pin plug from K432 cable in order to
connect K867 adapter.
3. Label each lead (A thru F) as they are removed
from the 6 pin plug.
4. Splice leads and insulate.
TO
WORK
-
+
1
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-25
K867 ADAPTER
LN-25 WITH
K431 OPTION
K432 REMOTE
CONTROL CABLE
E
F
D
A
B
C77
76
75
SPARE
4
2
21
82
81
42
41
GND
31
32
4
INVERTEC
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
(24/42VAC)
POWER SOURCE
Figure C.4 Connection of LN-25 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.
ACCESSORIES
C-6 C-6
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CONNECTION OF THE LN-7 TO THE V350-
PRO USING K480 CONTROL CABLE (SEE
FIGURE C.5)
NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-
TORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. IF
YOUR LN-7 COMES EQUIPPED WITH A K291 OR
K404 INPUT CABLE, REFER TO THE CONNECTION
OF THE LN-7 USING K867 UNIVERSAL ADAPTER.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Connect the electrode cable from the K480 control
cable to the “+” terminal of the welder and to the
LN-7 wire feeder. Connect the work cable to the
“-” terminal of the welder.
NOTE: Figure C.5 shows the electrode connected
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the
welder off and reverse the electrode and work
cables at the output terminals.
NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current
and duty cycle of application.
3. Connect the input cable from the K480 control
cable to the (115VAC) 14 pin amphenol on the
V350-PRO and the input cable plug on the LN-7.
4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”
depending on the polarity chosen.
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.
7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the
“REMOTE” position.
8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-7 and adjust the
welding voltage with the optional remote control if
used.
9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to
suit.
- +
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
6 PIN
AMPHENOL
TO LN-7 INPUT
CABLE PLUG
TO WORK
K480 CONTROL CABLE
OPTIONAL K857
REMOTE CONTROL
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO WIRE FEED UNIT
(115VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE
Figure C.5 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable Connection Diagram
ACCESSORIES
C-7 C-7
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER
FOR USE WITH THE K291 OR K404 INPUT
CABLES AND LN-7.
1. Insulate each unused lead individually.
2. Splice leads and insulate.
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-7
TO
WORK
-
+
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
SPARE
82
81
42
41
31
32
2
4
21
GND
75
76
77
31
32
2
4
21
GND K291 OR K404
INPUT CABLE
K775 OPTIONAL
REMOTE CONTROL
K867 UNIVERSAL
ADAPTER PLUG
LN-7
CONTROL
BOX
75
76
77
GREEN
POWER SOURCE
INVERTEC
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-7
TO
WORK
-
+
14 PIN(115VAC)
AMPHENOL
SPARE
82
81
42
41
31
32
2
4
21
GND
75
76
77
31
32
2
4
21
GND
1
K291 OR K404
INPUT CABLE
K775 OPTIONAL
REMOTE CONTROL
K867 UNIVERSAL
ADAPTER PLUG
LN-7
CONTROL
BOX
75
76
77
GREEN
POWER SOURCE
INVERTEC
2
Figure C.6 Connection of LN-7 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.
C-8 C-8
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE LN-742 TO THE
V350-PRO (SEE FIGURE C.7)
NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-
TORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Connect the electrode cable from the LN-742 to
the “+” terminal of the welder. Connect the work
cable to the “-” terminal of the welder.
NOTE: Figure C.7 shows the electrode connected
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the
welder off and reverse the electrode and work
cables at the output terminals.
NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current
and duty cycle of application.
3. Connect the K591 control cable to the 24/42VAC
14 pin amphenol on the back of the V350-PRO
and the input cable plug on the LN-742.
4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”
depending on the polarity chosen.
5. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..
6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “LOCAL”.
7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the
“REMOTE” position.
8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-742.
9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to
suit.
+ -
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
TO LN-742 INPUT
CABLE PLUG
TO WORK
K591 CONTROL CABLE
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO WIRE FEED UNIT
(24/42VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE
Figure C.7 V350-PRO/LN-742 Connection Diagram
CONNECTION OF THE LN-10 TO THE
V350-
PRO USING THE K1505 CONTROL CABLE.
NOTE: AN LN-10 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC-
TORY OR CE VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Connect the K1505 control cable from the LN-10
to the Invertec 24/42VAC 14 pin amphenol con-
necter on the rear of the V350-PRO.
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal.
4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the
V350-PRO to coincide with wire feeder polarity
used.
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..
7. Set the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the
“REMOTE” position.
8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “0” position and
then adjust to suit.
9. Set wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-10.
NOTE: The voltage set point displayed on the
V350-PRO should be ignored when operating in
the remote control mode with the LN-10.
10. See the LN-10 manual for details on accessing
the control DIP switch.
11. The control DIP switch inside the LN-10 should be
set as shown below for operation with the V350-
Pro.
12345678
Power Sources
ON
S1
S1
ACCESSORIES
C-9 C-9
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
+ -
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
TO LN-10
TO WORK
K1505
ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-10
(24/42VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE
Figure C.8 LN-10 V350-PRO
ACCESSORIES
C-10 C-10
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
OPTIONS / ACCESSORIES
Construction Version K1728-2
All welding modes for this model run with local out-
put control and weld terminals ON (e.g. Stick, TIG,
LN25 off the arc).
K930-1 TIG Module
K428,K446, K449 LN-25(Off the Arc)
Factory Version K1728-1
The factory model is the construction model with
the addition of the Wire Feeder/Remote Adapter.
• In this form, the V350-Pro provides the hardware to
power and connect to 24, 42 or 115 VAC wire feeders.
K857 Remote Output Control
K814 Arc Start Switch
K812 Hand Operated Amptrol
K870 Foot Operated Amptrol
K930-1 TIG Module
K428, K446, K449 LN-25
K617 (-1 or -2) K618 (-1 or -2) LN-742
K440 (-1), K567-1 LN-7 GMA
K1559-1, K1564-1 LN-10
K1499-1, K1521-1 DH-10
"CE" Version K1728-3
The "CE" version is the Factory version with the
addition of power line filtering allowing the machine
to comply with the European and Australian EMC
emission requirements.
Field Installed Options/Accessories
Two versions of the V350-Pro are available from the
factory for both the CE and ROW versions.
Options for K1728-1 Factory and K1728-3 "CE"
V350’s
• TIG Gas Control Kit – K1762-1
Advance Process Panel – K1763-1
Options for all models of V350-PRO
• Undercarriage – K1764-1
Cobramatic Connection Instructions
A Cobramatic can only be used with a Factory or
"CE" version of the V350
1. Turn the Invertec power switch "off"
2. Connect the control cable from the Cobramatic to
the 24/42 VAC 14-pin wire feeder amphenol on
the rear of the Invertec.
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of the polarity required by electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal.
4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the
Invertec to coincide with wire feeder polarity used.
5. If a remote control such as K857 is to be used
with the Cobramatic, the remote can be connected
directly to the 6pin amphenol on the front of the
Invertec or use a K864 adapter to connect the
cobramatic and the remote to the 24/42VAC 14-
pin wire feeder amphenol connector on the rear of
the Invertec.
TIG Module K930-2
The TIG Module connects to the V350-Pro Factory or
CE versions with a K936-1 (9-14 pin) control cable.
Connect the K936-1 to the 115VAC Wire Feeder
Amphenol on the rear of the V350-Pro.
The TIG Module can also be used with the V350
Construction version. A K936-4 control cable is
required to supply 115VAC to the TIG Module from an
external 115VAC supply.
General Instructions for Connection of Wire
Feeders to V350-Pro
Wire feeders other than LN-7 and LN-25 may be used
provided that the auxiliary power supply capacity of
the V350-Pro is not exceeded. K867 universal
adapter plug is required. See connection diagram
S19406 and S19386 at the back of this manual for
more information.
Remote Control of Invertec
Remote Control K857, Hand Amptrol K963 and Foot
Amptrol K870.
Section D-1 Section D-1
V350-PRO
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-MAINTENANCE-
Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure...............................................................................D-2
Routine Maintenance..................................................................................................................D-2
Periodic Maintenance.................................................................................................................D-3
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................D-3
Major Component Locations .....................................................................................................D-4
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
MAINTENANCE
D-2 D-2
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
- + - +
- + - +
CAPACITOR
TERMINALS
POWER
RESISTOR
INSULATED
GLOVES
INSULATED
PLIERS
EIGHT
FIGURE D.1 LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER
CAPACITOR TERMINALS
Have qualified personnel do the maintenance
work. Always use the greatest care when
working near moving parts.
Do not put your hands near the cooling blower
fan. If a problem cannot be corrected by
following the instructions, take the machine to
the nearest Lincoln Field Service Shop.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Do not touch electrically live parts or
electrode with skin or wet clothing.
Insulate yourself from work and
ground
Always wear dry insulating gloves.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLODING PARTS can cause
injury.
Failed parts can explode or cause other
parts to explode when power is applied.
Always wear a face shield and long sleeves when ser-
vicing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
See additional warning information
throughout this operators manual.
------------------------------------------------------------
WARNING
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR
DISCHARGE PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from
the case wraparound cover.
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor
terminals located at the top and bottom of the
switch board.
4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resis-
tor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A
SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.
5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-
ure D.1.
6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold
the body of the resistor with the pliers and connect
the resistor leads across the two capacitor termi-
nals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds.
DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS WITH
YOUR BARE HANDS.
7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other
three capacitors.
8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all
capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the
capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board
above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-
charge procedure.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
1. Every 6 months or so the machine should be
cleaned with a low pressure airstream. Keeping the
machine clean will result in cooler operation and
higher reliability. Be sure to clean these areas:
All printed circuit boards
Power switch
Main transformer
• Input rectifier
Auxiliary Transformer
• Reconnect Switch Area
2. Examine the sheet metal case for dents or breakage.
Repair the case as required. Keep the case in good con-
dition to insure that high voltage parts are protected and
correct spacings are maintained. All external sheet metal
screws must be in place to insure case strength and elec-
trical ground continuity.
OVERLOAD PROTECTION
The machine is electrically protected from producing
high output currents. Should the output current exceed
430A, an electronic protection circuit will reduce the
current to approximately 100A. The machine will con-
tinue to produce this low current until the protection cir-
cuit is reset. Reset occurs when the output load is
removed.
THERMAL PROTECTION
Thermostats protect the machine from excessive oper-
ating temperatures. Excessive temperatures may be
caused by a lack of cooling air or operating the
machine beyond the duty cycle and output rating. If
excessive operating temperature should occur, the
thermostat will prevent output voltage or current. The
meter will remain energized during this time.
Thermostats are self-resetting once the machine cools
sufficiently. If the thermostat shutdown was caused by
excessive output or duty cycle and the fan is operating
normally, the Power Switch may be left on and the
reset should occur within a 15 minute period.
MAINTENANCE
D-3 D-3
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
WARNING
REMOTEPOWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
WARNING
WARNING AVISO DE
PRECAUCION
ATTENTION
!!
!!
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonumm
ummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetuer adipiscing
elit, ed diam non
elit, ed diam nonummummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut
y nibh euismod tincidunt ut
laoreet dolore magna aliquam er
laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat at
6
4
5
3
2
1
MAINTENANCE
D-4 D-4
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE D.2 MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS
1. Center Panel
2. Base Assembly
3. Control Box Assembly
4. Case Back
5. Case Front
6. Case Wraparound
Section E-1 Section E-1
V350-PRO
Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E
General Description ....................................................................................................................E-2
Input Line Voltage, Auxiliary Transformer and Precharge...........................................................E-2
Switch Board and Main Transformer..........................................................................................E-3
Power board, Control Board, and SPI Communications............................................................E-4
Output Rectifier and Choke........................................................................................................E-5
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................E-6
Protection Circuits ......................................................................................................................E-6
Over current Protection........................................................................................................E-6
Under/Over Voltage Protection ............................................................................................E-6
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Operation ...................................................................E-7
Pulse Width Modulation..............................................................................................................E-8
Minimum/Maximum Output..................................................................................................E-8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-THEORY OF OPERATION SECTION-
Remote
Board Mode
Panel Status
Panel Display
Panel
Control Board
Choke
Positive
Output
Terminal
Negative
Output
Terminal
To Control
Board
Current
Feedback
Reconnect
Switch
Output Voltage Sense
Input switch
& 100A Breaker
Input
Rectifier
Auxiliary
Transformer
Fan
Power
Board
14 Pin
Amphenol
6 Pin
Amphenol
Remote Control & Trigger
Solenoid Supply
40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
40VDC
28VAC
24VAC
115VAC, 42VAC
Main Switch Board
115VAC Fan Supply
Optional Solenoid
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Fan Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
Soft Start Control
Input Relay Control
Primary Current Feedback
IGBT Drive Signal
Primary
Current
Sensor
Primary
Current
Sensor
FIGURE E.1 – V350-PRO BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE E.2 – INPUT VOLTAGE AND PRECHARGE
Remote
Board Mode
Panel Status
Panel Display
Panel
Control Board
Choke
Positive
Output
Terminal
Negative
Output
Terminal
To Control
Board
Current
Feedback
Reconnect
Switch
Output Voltage Sense
Input switch
& 100A Breaker
Input
Rectifier
Auxiliary
Transformer
Fan
Power
Board
14 Pin
Amphenol
6 Pin
Amphenol
Remote Control & Trigger
Solenoid Supply
40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
40VDC
28VAC
24VAC
115VAC, 42VAC
Main Switch Board
115VAC Fan Supply
Optional Solenoid
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Fan Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
Soft Start Control
Input Relay Control
Primary Current Feedback
IGBT Drive Signal
Primary
Current
Sensor
Primary
Current
Sensor
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Invertec V350-Pro is an inverter based welding
power source that offers multi mode constant voltage
(CV) and constant current (CC) welding and is rated at
350 amps 34VDC at a 60% duty cycle. The Invertec
V350-Pro is available in either a construction version
(no wire feeder connection or auxiliary power ) and a
factory version that includes a wire feeder connection
and related power.
INPUT LINE VOLTAGE, AUXILIARY
TRANSFORMER, & PRECHARGE
The Invertec V350-Pro can be connected for a variety
of three-phase or single-phase input voltages. The ini-
tial power is applied to the V350 through a combina-
tion line switch/circuit breaker located on the front of
the machine. Two phases of the input voltage are
applied to the auxiliary transformer. The auxiliary trans-
former develops four different secondary voltages.
The 115VAC is used to power the fan motor and also
is applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector for
wirefeeder operation. The 24VAC and 42VAC volt-
ages are also applied to the 14 pin amphenol type con-
nector to power wirefeeders. The 28VAC is rectified
and the resultant 40VDC is applied to the power board.
The input voltage is rectified by the input rectifier and
the resultant DC voltage is applied to the switch board
through the reconnect switch assembly located at the
rear of the machine. The reconnect switch connect the
two pairs of input capacitors either in a parallel (lower
voltage) or series (higher voltage) configuration to
accommodate the applied input voltage.
During the precharge time the DC input voltage is
applied to the input capacitors through a current limit-
ing circuit. The input capacitors are charged slowly
and current limited. A voltage to frequency converter
circuit located on the switch board monitors the
capacitor voltages. This signal is coupled to the con-
trol board. When the input capacitors have charged
to an acceptable level, the control board energizes the
input relays, that are located on the switch board,
making all of the input power, without current limiting,
available to the input capacitors. If the capacitors
become under or over voltage the control board will
de-energize the input relays and the V350 output will
be disabled. Other possible faults may also cause the
input relays to drop out.
THEORY OF OPERATION
E-2 E-2
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
SWITCH BOARD &
MAIN TRANSFORMER
There is one switch board in the Invertec V350-Pro.
This board incorporates two pairs of input capacitors,
two insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) switching
circuits, a fan motor drive circuit, and a voltage/fre-
quency capacitor feedback circuit. The two capaci-
tors in a pair are always in series with each other.
When the reconnect switch is in the lower voltage
position the capacitor pairs are in parallel . Thus two
series capacitors in parallel with two series capacitors.
When the reconnect switch is in the high voltage posi-
tion the two capacitor pairs are in series. Thus four
capacitors in series. This is required to accommodate
the higher input voltages.
When the input capacitors are fully charged they act
as power supplies for the IGBT switching circuits.
When welding output is required the Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistors switch the DC power from the input
capacitors, "on and off" thus supplying a pulsed DC
current to the main transformer primary windings. See
IGBT Operation Discussion and Diagrams in this
section. Each IGBT switching circuit feeds current to
a separate, oppositely wound primary winding in the
main transformer. The reverse directions of current
flow through the main transformer primaries and the
offset timing of the IGBT switching circuits induce an
AC square wave output signal at the secondary of the
main transformer. The two current transformers (CT)
located on the switch board monitor these primary
currents. If the primary currents become abnormally
high the control board will shut off the IGBTs, thus dis-
abling the machine output. The DC current flow
through each primary winding is clamped back to
each respective input capacitor when the IGBTs are
turned off. This is needed due to the inductance of the
transformer primary winding. The firing of the two
switch boards occurs during halves of a 50 microsec-
ond interval, creating a constant 20 KHZ output. In
some low open circuit Tig modes the firing frequency
is reduced to 5KHZ.
The Invertec V350-Pro has a F.A.N. fan as needed cir-
cuit. The fan operates when the welding output ter-
minals are energized or when a thermal over tempera-
ture condition exists. Once the fan is activated it will
remain on for a minimum of five minutes. The fan dri-
ver circuit is housed on the switch board but it is acti-
vated from a control board signal.
THEORY OF OPERATION
E-3 E-3
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
FIGURE E.3 – SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMER
Remote
Board Mode
Panel Status
Panel Display
Panel
Control Board
Choke
Positive
Output
Terminal
Negative
Output
Terminal
To Control
Board
Current
Feedback
Reconnect
Switch
Output Voltage Sense
Input switch
& 100A Breaker
Input
Rectifier
Auxiliary
Transformer
Fan
Power
Board
14 Pin
Amphenol
6 Pin
Amphenol
Remote Control & Trigger
Solenoid Supply
40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
40VDC
28VAC
24VAC
115VAC, 42VAC
Main Switch Board
115VAC Fan Supply
Optional Solenoid
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Fan Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
Soft Start Control
Input Relay Control
Primary Current Feedback
IGBT Drive Signal
Primary
Current
Sensor
Primary
Current
Sensor
THEORY OF OPERATION
E-4 E-4
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE E.4 – POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD
AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS
Remote
Board Mode
Panel Status
Panel Display
Panel
Control Board
Choke
Positive
Output
Terminal
Negative
Output
Terminal
To Control
Board
Current
Feedback
Reconnect
Switch
Output Voltage Sense
Input switch
& 100A Breaker
Input
Rectifier
Auxiliary
Transformer
Fan
Power
Board
14 Pin
Amphenol
6 Pin
Amphenol
Remote Control & Trigger
Solenoid Supply
40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
40VDC
28VAC
24VAC
115VAC, 42VAC
Main Switch Board
115VAC Fan Supply
Optional Solenoid
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Fan Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
Soft Start Control
Input Relay Control
Primary Current Feedback
IGBT Drive Signal
Primary
Current
Sensor
Primary
Current
Sensor
POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD
AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTER-
FACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS
POWER BOARD
The 28VAC auxiliary is rectified and filtered and applied
to the power board. The power board, utilizing a
switching power supply, processes the 40VDC input
and develops several regulated positive and negative
DC supplies. Three DC supplies are fed to the control
board for machine control supplies. Two positive DC
voltages are coupled to the control board for the Serial
Peripheral Communications (SPI) supplies. A +5VDC
is used for the RS232 connection supply and a
+40VDC is fed to the remote board to power an
optional gas solenoid. An over or under input voltage
detection and shutdown circuit is also part of the
power board’s circuitry.
CONTROL BOARD
The control board performs the primary interfacing
functions to establish and maintain output control of
the V350 machine. The control board sends and
receives command signals from the mode panel, the
status panel, the display panel and /or the optional
remote panel. These communications are processed
through a digital network called a Serial Peripheral
Interface (SPI). This network digitally communicates to
and from the control board the user’s commands and
various machine status messages. The software that
is contained within the control board processes and
compares these commands with the voltage and cur-
rent feedback information it receives from the output
current sensor and the output voltage sensing leads.
The appropriate pulse width modulation (PWM) signals
(See Pulse Width Modulation in this section) are sent
to the switch board IGBTs. In this manner, the digital-
ly controlled high-speed welding waveform is created
and regulated.
The control board also monitors the thermostats, the
main transformer primary currents and the input
capacitor voltages.
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE
The output rectifier receives the AC output from the
main transformer secondary and rectifies it to a DC
voltage level. Since the output choke is in series with
the negative leg of the output rectifier and also in
series with the welding load, a filtered DC output is
applied to the machine’s output terminals.
THEORY OF OPERATION
E-5 E-5
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE E.5 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE
Remote
Board Mode
Panel Status
Panel Display
Panel
Control Board
Choke
Positive
Output
Terminal
Negative
Output
Terminal
To Control
Board
Current
Feedback
Reconnect
Switch
Output Voltage Sense
Input switch
& 100A Breaker
Input
Rectifier
Auxiliary
Transformer
Fan
Power
Board
14 Pin
Amphenol
6 Pin
Amphenol
Remote Control & Trigger
Solenoid Supply
40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
40VDC
28VAC
24VAC
115VAC, 42VAC
Main Switch Board
115VAC Fan Supply
Optional Solenoid
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Fan Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
Soft Start Control
Input Relay Control
Primary Current Feedback
IGBT Drive Signal
Primary
Current
Sensor
Primary
Current
Sensor
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
THERMAL PROTECTION
Two normally closed (NC) thermostats protect the
machine from excessive operating temperatures.
These thermostats are wired in series and are con-
nected to the control board. One of the thermostats is
located on the heat sink of the switch board and the
other is located on the output choke. Excessive tem-
peratures may be caused by a lack of cooling air or
operating the machine beyond its duty cycle or output
rating. If excessive operating temperatures should
occur, the thermostats will prevent output from the
machine. The yellow thermal light, located on the front
of the machine, will be illuminated. The thermostats
are self-resetting once the machine cools sufficiently.
If the thermostat shutdown was caused by excessive
output or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally,
the power switch may be left on and the reset should
occur within a 15-minute period. If the fan is not turn-
ing or the air intake louvers are obstructed, then the
power must be removed from the machine, and the
fan problem or air obstruction corrected.
PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS
Protective circuits are designed into the V350-PRO to
sense trouble and shut down the machine before
damage occurs to the machine's internal components.
OVER CURRENT
PROTECTION
If the average current exceeds 450 amps for one sec-
ond, then the output will be limited to 100 amps until
the load is removed. If the peak current exceeds 600
amps for 150 ms, the output will be limited to 100
amps until the load is removed.
UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION
Protective circuits are included on the switch and con-
trol boards to monitor the voltage across the input
capacitors. In the event that a capacitor pair voltage
is too high, or too low, the machine output will be dis-
abled. The protection circuits will prevent output if any
of the following conditions exist.
1. Voltage across a capacitor pair exceeds 467
volts. (High line surges or improper input voltage
connections.)
2. Voltage across a capacitor pair is under 190 volts.
(Due to improper input voltage connections.)
3. Internal component damage.
THEORY OF OPERATION
E-6 E-6
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
INSULATED GATE BIPOLAR
TRANSISTOR (IGBT)
OPERATION
An IGBT is a type of transistor. IGBT are semiconduc-
tors well suited for high frequency switching and high
current applications.
Example A in Figure E.8 shows an IGBT in passive
mode. There is no gate signal, zero volts relative to the
source, and therefore, no current flow. The drain ter-
minal of the IGBT may be connected to a voltage sup-
ply; but since there is no conduction, the circuit will not
supply current to components connected to the
source. The circuit is turned OFF like a light switch.
Example B shows the IGBT in an active mode. When
the gate signal , a positive DC voltage relative to the
source, is applied to the gate terminal of the IGBT, it is
capable of conducting current. A voltage supply con-
nected to the drain terminal will allow the IGBT to con-
duct and supply current to the circuit components
coupled to the source. Current will flow through the
conducting IGBT to downstream components as long
as the positive gate signal is present. This is similar to
turning ON a light switch.
THEORY OF OPERATION
E-7 E-7
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE E.6 – IGBT
DRAIN
SOURCE GATE
INJECTING LAYER
BUFFER LAYER
DRAIN DRIFT REGION
BODY REGION
p +
n +
n -
p
n + n +
DRAIN
SOURCE GATE
INJECTING LAYER
BUFFER LAYER
DRAIN DRIFT REGION
BODY REGION
p +
n +
n -
p
n + n +
POSITIVE
VOLTAGE
APPLIED
B. ACTIVE
A. PASSIVE
PULSE WIDTH
MODULATION
The term Pulse Width Modulation is used to describe
how much time is devoted to conduction in the posi-
tive and negative portions of the cycle. Changing the
pulse width is known as modulation. Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) is the varying of the pulse width
over the allowed range of a cycle to affect the output
of the machine.
MINIMUM OUTPUT
By controlling the duration of the gate signal, the IGBT
is turned on and off for different durations during the
cycle. The top drawing in Figure E.9 shows the mini-
mum output signal possible over a 50-microsecond
time period.
The positive portion of the signal represents one IGBT
group1conducting for one microsecond. The negative
portion is the other IGBT group1. The dwell time (off
time) is 48 microseconds (both IGBT groups off). Since
only two microseconds of the 50-microsecond time
period is devoted to conducting, the output power is
minimized.
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
By holding the gate signal on for 24 microseconds
each, and allowing only two microseconds of dwell
time (off time) during the 50-microsecond cycle, the
output is maximized. The darkened area under the top
curve can be compared to the area under the bottom
curve. The more dark area that is under the curve indi-
cates that more power is present.
1An IGBT group consists of two IGBT
modules feeding one transformer primary
winding.
THEORY OF OPERATION
E-8 E-8
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE E.9 TYPICAL IGBT OUTPUTS.
MINIMUM OUTPUT
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
24
50 24
2
48
50
sec
sec
sec
sec sec
sec
sec sec
V350-PRO
Section F-1 Section F-1
Troubleshooting & Repair Section.................................................................................Section F
How to Use Troubleshooting Guide ....................................................................................F-2
PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures and Replacement .................................................F-3
Troubleshooting Guide ........................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure .................................................................F-15
Main Switch Board Test................................................................................................F-17
Input Rectifier Test ........................................................................................................F-21
Power Board Test..........................................................................................................F-25
Output Diode Modules Test ..........................................................................................F-29
Auxiliary Transformer Test.............................................................................................F-33
Current Transducer Test................................................................................................F-37
Fan Control and Motor Test..........................................................................................F-41
SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test........................................................................F-45
Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure..................................................................F-47
Replacement Procedures
Control Board Removal and Replacement...................................................................F-51
Display Board Removal and Replacement...................................................................F-57
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement...........................................................F-61
Mode Board Removal and Replacement......................................................................F-65
Status Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-71
Snubber Board Removal and Replacement.................................................................F-75
Power Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-77
Input Rectifier Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-81
Output Rectifier Modules Removal and Replacement .................................................F-85
Current Transducer Removal and Replacement...........................................................F-89
Retest after Repair........................................................................................................F-94
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SECTION
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machine
operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock, please
observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-2 F-2
CAUTION
CAUTION
This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to help
you locate and repair possible machine
malfunctions. Simply follow the three-step
procedure listed below.
Step 1. LOCATE PROBLEM (SYMPTOM). Look
under the column labeled “PROBLEM
(SYMPTOMS)”. This column describes possible
symptoms that the machine may exhibit. Find
the listing that best describes the symptom that
the machine is exhibiting. Symptoms are
grouped into three main categories: Output
Problems, Function Problems, and LED Function
Problems.
Step 2. PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS. The
second column, labeled “POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S)”, lists the obvious external
possibilities that may contribute to the machine
symptom. Perform these tests/checks in the
order listed. In general, these tests can be
conducted without removing the case
wrap-around cover.
Step 3. PERFORM COMPONENT TESTS. The
last column, labeled “Recommended Course of
Action” lists the most likely components that may
have failed in your machine. It also specifies the
appropriate test procedure to verify that the
subject component is either good or bad. If there
are a number of possible components, check the
components in the order listed to eliminate one
possibility at a time until you locate the cause of
your problem.
All of the referenced test procedures referred to in
the Troubleshooting Guide are described in detail
at the end of this chapter. Refer to the
Troubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents to
locate each specific Test Procedure. All of the
referred to test points, components, terminal
strips, etc., can be found on the referenced
electrical wiring diagrams and schematics. Refer
to the Electrical Diagrams Section Table of
Contents to locate the appropriate diagram.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs
safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before
you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353.(WELD)
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Have an electrician install and service
this equipment. Turn the machine OFF
before working on equipment. Do not
touch electrically hot parts.
Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PC
board failures. These problems can sometimes be
traced to poor electrical connections. To avoid prob-
lems when troubleshooting and replacing PC boards,
please use the following procedure:
1. Determine to the best of your technical ability that
the PC board is the most likely component caus-
ing the failure symptom.
2. Check for loose connections at the PC board to
assure that the PC board is properly connected.
3. If the problem persists, replace the suspect PC
board using standard practices to avoid static
electrical damage and electrical shock. Read the
warning inside the static resistant bag and perform
the following procedures:
PC Board can be damaged by
static electricity.
Remove your body’s static
charge before opening the static-
shielding bag. Wear an anti-sta-
tic wrist strap. For safety, use a
1 Meg ohm resistive cord con-
nected to a grounded part of the
equipment frame.
If you don’t have a wrist strap,
touch an unpainted, grounded,
part of the equipment frame.
Keep touching the frame to
prevent static build-up. Be sure
not to touch any electrically live
parts at the same time.
Tools which come in contact with the PC Board must
be either conductive, anti-static or static-dissipative.
Remove the PC Board from the static-shielding bag
and place it directly into the equipment. Don’t set
the PC Board on or near paper, plastic or cloth which
could have a static charge. If the PC Board can’t be
installed immediately, put it back in the static-
shielding bag.
If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers,
don’t remove them until installation is complete.
If you return a PC Board to The Lincoln Electric
Company for credit, it must be in the static-shielding
bag. This will prevent further damage and allow
proper failure analysis.
4. Test the machine to determine if the failure symp-
tom has been corrected by the replacement PC
board.
NOTE: Allow the machine to heat up so that all
electrical components can reach their
operating temperature.
5. Remove the replacement PC board and substitute
it with the original PC board to recreate the original
problem.
a. If the original problem does not reappear
by substituting the original board, then the
PC board was not the problem. Continue
to look for bad connections in the control
wiring harness, junction blocks, and termi-
nal strips.
b. If the original problem is recreated by the
substitution of the original board, then the
PC board was the problem. Reinstall the
replacement PC board and test the
machine.
6. Always indicate that this procedure was followed
when warranty reports are to be submitted.
NOTE: Following this procedure and writing on the
warranty report, “INSTALLED AND SWITCHED
PC BOARDS TO VERIFY PROBLEM,” will help
avoid denial of legitimate PC board warranty
claims.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-3 F-3
PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
WARNING
ATTENTION
Static-Sensitive
Devices
Handle only at
Static-Safe
Workstations
Reusable
Container
Do Not Destroy
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-4 F-4
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.
CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call
1-800-833-9353(WELD).
PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS) POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S) RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION
OUTPUT PROBLEMS
Major physical or electrical dam-
age is evident when the sheet
metal cover is removed.
1. Contact your local authorized
Lincoln Electric Field Service
Facility for technical assis
tance.
1. Contact the Lincoln Electric
Service Department,
1-800-833-9353(WELD).
The machine is dead—no out-
put—no displays. 1. Make sure the input line/
breaker switch is in the ON
position.
2. Check the main input line fuses.
If open , replace.
3. Check the 2 amp circuit breaker
(CB2). Reset if tripped.
4. Make sure the reconnect switch
and jumper lead is configured
correctly for the applied input
voltage.
5. If the machine is being operat-
ed with single phase input volt-
age make sure the red lead is
not connected. See the
Installation Section.
1. Perform the Auxiliary
Transformer Test.
2. Perform the Power Board Test.
3. The control rectifier and or
associated filter capacitor (C5)
may be faulty. Check and
replace as necessary.
4. Perform The SPI Cable
Resistance and Voltage Test.
5. The Control Board may be
faulty.
The main input fuses (or breaker)
repeatedly fail. 1. Make certain the fuses or
breakers are sized properly.
2. Make sure the reconnect switch
and jumper lead is configured
correctly for the applied input
voltage.
3. The welding procedure may be
drawing too much input
current or the duty cycle may
be too high. Reduce the
welding current and /or reduce
the duty cycle.
1. Check the reconnect switches
and associated wiring. See the
wiring diagram.
2. Perform the Input Rectifier
Test.
3. Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
4. Perform the Output Diode
Module Test.
5. The Input Filter Capacitors
may be faulty. Check, and if
any are faulty replace all four.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-5 F-5
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Observe Safety Guidelines
detailed in the beginning of this manual.
CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).
PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS) POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S) RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION
OUTPUT PROBLEMS
The V350-Pro does not have weld-
ing output. The displays are lit. 1. Make sure the reconnect switch
is configured correctly for the
input voltage applied.
2. Make sure the Weld Terminals
Select is ON. If the problem is
solved the remote control
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty. See the wiring
diagram.
3. Put the Control Select in the
Local position. If the problem is
solved the remote control
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty.
4. If an error code is displayed see
Fault Code Explanations.
1. Check the reconnect switch and
associated leads for loose or
faulty connections. See the
wiring diagram.
2. Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
3. Perform the Power Board
Test.
4. Perform the Output Diode
Module Test.
5. The control board may be faulty.
6. The input filter capacitors may
be faulty. Check and replace if
necessary.
7. The status panel board may be
faulty.
The V350-Pro will not produce full
output. 1. The input voltage may be too
low, limiting the output
capability of the machine.
Make certain the input voltage
is correct for the machine and
the reconnect switch and
jumper lead configuration.
2. The welding current may be too
high . The machine will fold-
back to 100 amps if the
welding current exceeds 450
amps.
3. Make sure the machine is in
"Local" output control.. If the
problem is resolved the Remote
control board or the external
remote control unit may be
faulty.
1. Perform the Output Rectifier
Test.
2. Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
3. Perform the Power Board
Test.
4. Perform the Current
Transducer Test.
5. If the preset function is not
performing properly the status
panel board or the output
control may be faulty.
6. The control board may be faulty.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-6 F-6
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.
CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call
1-800-833-9353(WELD).
PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS) POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S) RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION
FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The machine regularly overheats
and the yellow thermal light is ON
indicating a thermal overload.
1. The welding application may
be exceeding the
recommended duty cycle of the
V350-Pro.
2. Dirt and dust may have
clogged the cooling channels
inside the machine.
3. Air intake and exhaust louvers
may be blocked due to inade-
quate clearance around the
machine.
4. Make certain the fan as needed
(F.A.N.) is operating properly.
The fan should operate when
welding voltage is present
and/or when there is an over
temperature condition.
1. The 115VAC fan motor is
controlled by the control board
via the main switch board.
Perform the Fan Motor And
Control Test.
1. A thermostat or associated
circuitry may be faulty. See the
wiring diagram. One normally
closed thermostat is located on
the output choke and the other
is located on the main switch
board heat sink. See the wiring
diagram.
Note: The Main Switch Board
Removal Procedure will
be required to gain access
to the heat sink thermostat.
An attached wire feeder will not
function correctly. 1. Make certain the wire feeder
control cable is connected to
the correct 14-pin amphenol
type plug (115VAC or
24/42VAC) for the wire feeder
being used. See the
connection diagram.
2. Check the two circuit breakers
located at the rear of the
machine. Reset is tripped.
3. The wire feeder or control cable
may be faulty.
1. Perform the Auxiliary
Transformer Test.
2. Check the leads between the
14-pin amphenol type plugs
and the auxiliary transformer
for loose or faulty connections.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-7 F-7
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.
CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).
PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS) POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S) RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION
FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The machine’s welding output is
very high and uncontrollable. 1. Put the Control Select in the
Local position. If the problem
is solved the remote control
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty.
1. Perform the Current
Transducer Test.
2. If the output is normal when
the Control Select is in the
Local position but the output is
very high in the Remote
position the remote board may
be faulty. Perform The SPI
Cable Resistance and Voltage
Test.
3. The control board may be
faulty.
The Weld Mode Select does not
function properly. 1. Refer to Operation Section of
this manual for normal
operation characteristics.
1. Check for loose or faulty plug
connections between the
control board and the mode
select panel. See the wiring
diagram.
2. Perform the SPI Cable
Resistance and Voltage Test.
3. The Mode Select Panel board
may be faulty.
4. The control board may be
faulty.
The Status Panel (Control and
Weld Terminals Select) does not
function properly.
1. Refer to Operation Section of
this manual for normal
operation characteristics.
1. Check for loose or faulty plug
connections between the
control board and the status
board. See the wiring diagram.
2. The Status Board may be faulty.
3. The control board may be faulty.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-8 F-8
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.
CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).
PROBLEMS
(SYMPTOMS) POSSIBLE AREAS OF
MISADJUSTMENT(S) RECOMMENDED
COURSE OF ACTION
FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The display is not functioning
properly. 1. Refer to the Operation Section
of this manual for normal
operation characteristics.
1. Check for loose or faulty plug
connections between the
Display board and the control
board. See the wiring diagram.
2. The display board may be faulty.
3. The control board may be faulty.
A fault or error code is displayed. 1. See the Fault Code
Explanations. 1. See Fault Code Explanations.
For no apparent reason the weld-
ing characteristics have change. 1. Check the welding cables for
loose or faulty connection.
2. Make sure the machine’s mode
and output are set correctly for
the process being used. (CV,
CC,TIG etc.)
3. If Mig welding make sure the
shielding gas and wire speed
are correct for the process
being used.
1. Perform the Voltage and
Current Calibration
Procedure.
2. Perform the Current
Transducer Test.
3. Perform the Output Diode
Module Test
4. The control board may be faulty.
SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
DESCRIPTION/
DEFINITION
31
32
Main transformer
primary over current
Capacitor bank “A”
(lower) is under
voltage
Turn the machine off and
back on to reset the
machine. If condition
persists, contact an
authorized Lincoln Field
Service Facility.
Make sure the reconnect
switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self clearing when
condition ceases.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
There may be a problem
with the primary current
sensors (CT) located on
the main switch board.
See the Wiring diagram
The control board may
be faulty.
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-9 F-9
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FAULT CODES
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
DESCRIPTION/
DEFINITION
33
34
Capacitor bank
"B"(upper) is under
voltage.
Capacitor bank
"A"(lower) is over
voltage.
Make sure the reconnect
switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when
condition ceases.
Make sure the reconnect
switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when
condition ceases.
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-10 F-10
FAULT CODES
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
DESCRIPTION/
DEFINITION
35
37
Capacitor bank
"B"(lower) is over
voltage.
The soft start
function failed.
Make sure the reconnect
switches are configured
for the input voltage
being applied to the
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when
condition ceases.
Turn the machine off and
back on to reset the
machine.
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-11 F-11
FAULT CODES
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
DESCRIPTION/
DEFINITION
39
43
44
Electrical "glitch" on the
primary over current fault
detector circuit.
Capacitor banks "A"
(lower) and "B"(upper)
are not balanced.
The machine has
detected a fault in the
central processing unit
(CPU).
Possibly caused by an
external electrical
"noise" or signal level.
Make sure the V350-Pro
is grounded correctly.
The machine is self
clearing when
condition ceases.
Make sure the recon-
nect switches are con-
figured for the input
voltage being applied to
the machine. The
machine is self-clearing
when
condition ceases.
Make sure the V350-Pro
is grounded correctly.
The machine is self
clearing when
condition ceases.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
There may be a problem
with the primary current
sensors (CT) located on
the main switch board.
See the wiring diagram.
The control board may
be faulty.
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
The capacitor(s) may be
faulty. Check and
replace if necessary.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board or
associated wiring may be
faulty. See the wiring
diagram.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-12 F-12
FAULT CODES
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
DESCRIPTION/
DEFINITION
47
“bad node” “####”
Electrical "glitch" on the
V/F signals from the main
switch board to the
control board.
The selected weld mode
does not exist in the weld
table that is presently
loaded in the machine.
Possibly caused by an
external electrical
"noise" or signal level.
Make sure the V350-Pro
is grounded correctly.
The machine is self
clearing when condition
ceases.
Press the Mode Select
button to select a
different welding mode.
There may be a problem
with the V/F signals from
the main switch board to
the control board.
Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
The control board may
be faulty.
Perform the Power
Board Test.
Perform the SPI Cable
Resistance and Voltage
Test.
The control board may
be faulty.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-13 F-13
FAULT CODES
NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
NOTES
F-14 F-14
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
WARNING
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-15 F-15
V350-PRO
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained
personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to
the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your
safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions
detailed throughout this manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will drain off any charge stored in the four large capacitors that are part
of the switch board assembly. This procedure MUST be performed, as a safety pre-
caution, before conducting any test or repair procedure that requires you to touch inter-
nal components of the machine.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Insulated Pliers
Insulated Gloves
High Wattage Resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum)
DC Volt Meter
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-16 F-16
V350-PRO
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
Have an electrician install and service
this equipment.
• Turn the input power off at the fuse box
before working on equipment.
• Do not touch electrically hot parts.
Prior to performing preventative maintenance,
perform the following capacitor discharge procedure
to avoid electric shock.
DISCHARGE PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from
the case wraparound cover.
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor
terminals located at the top and bottom of the
switch board.
4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor
(25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A
SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.
5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-
ure F.1.
6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold
the body of the resistor with the pliers and con-
nect the resistor leads across the two capacitor
terminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 sec-
onds. DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS
WITH YOUR BARE HANDS.
7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other
three capacitors.
8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all
capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the
capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board
above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-
charge procedure.
WARNING
- + - +
- + - +
CAPACITOR
TERMINALS
POWER
RESISTOR
INSULATED
GLOVES
INSULATED
PLIERS
EIGHT
FIGURE F.1 LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR TERMINALS
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE (continued)
MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the “power section” of the switch boards are functioning cor-
rectly. This test will NOT indicate if the entire PC board is functional. This resistance test is
preferable to a voltage test with the machine energized because this board can be damaged
easily. In addition, it is dangerous to work on this board with the machine energized.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Analog Volt/Ohmmeter
5/16 in. Wrench
7/16 in. Wrench
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-17 F-17
V350-PRO
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-18 F-18
V350-PRO
MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)
FIGURE F.2 MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Using a 7/16” wrench locate, label and remove
leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and
208 from the switch board. Note lead and
washer placement for reassembly. Clear
leads.
5. Using the Analog ohmmeter, perform the resis-
tance tests detailed in Table F.1. Refer to fig-
ure F.2 for test point locations. Note: Test
using an Analog ohmmeter on the Rx1 range.
Make sure the test probes are making electri-
cal contact with the conductor surfaces on the
PC board.
- + - +
- + - +
208
201 209
204
205
206
203
J21 J20
J22
202
207
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-19 F-19
V350-PRO
MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)
TABLE F.1. SWITCH BOARD RESISTANCE TEST
6. If any test fails replace the switch board. See
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement.
7. If the switch board resistance tests are OK, check
connections on plugs J20, J21, J22 and all asso-
ciated wiring. See wiring diagram.
8. Reconnect leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,
207, and 208 to the switch board. Ensure that the
leads are installed in their proper locations. Pre-
Torque all leads nuts to 25 inch lbs. before tight-
ening them to 44 inch lbs.
9. Replace the case wraparound cover using a 5/16”
nut driver.
APPLY POSITIVE TEST
PROBE TO TERMINAL
APPLY NEGATIVE TEST
PROBE TO TERMINAL NORMAL
RESISTANCE READING
+206
+208
+202
+201
+205
+203
+204
+207
-205
-203
-204
-207
-206
-208
-202
-201
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
NOTES
F-20 F-20
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-21 F-21
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the input rectifier has “shorted” or “open” diodes.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter (Multimeter)
5/16” Nut Driver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Wiring Diagram
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO
machine.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the input rectifier and associated
leads. See Figure F.3.
5. Carefully remove the silicone sealant
from leads 207, 207A, and 209.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver,
remove leads 207, 207A, and 209 from
the input rectifier.
7. Use the analog ohmmeter to perform the
tests detailed in Table F.2. See the
Wiring Diagram.
8. Visually inspect the three MOV’S for
damage (TP1,TP2,TP3). Replace if nec-
essary.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-22 F-22
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)
#207A
#207
#209A
B
C
3/16" ALLEN
BOLTS
FRONT
REAR
Small Lead "A"
To Circuit Breaker
Small Lead "H1"
To Auxiliary Transformer
Figure F.3 Input Rectifier
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-23 F-23
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
9. If the input rectifier does not meet the
acceptable readings outlined in Table F.2
the component may be faulty. Replace
Note: Before replacing the input rectifier,
check the input power switch and per-
form the Main Switch Board Test. Also
check for leaky or faulty filter capacitors.
10. If the input rectifier is good, be sure to
reconnect leads 207, 207A, and 209 to
the correct terminals and torque to 31
inch lbs. Apply silicone sealant.
11. If the input rectifier is faulty, see the
Input Rectifier Bridge Removal &
Replacement procedure.
12. Replace the case wraparound cover.
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)
Table F.2 Input Rectifier Test Points
TEST POINT TERMINALS ANALOG METER
X10 RANGE
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
207
207
207
207A
207A
207A
209
209
209
207
207
207
207A
207A
207A
209
209
209
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Less than 100 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
Greater than 1000 ohms
+ PROBE - PROBE Acceptable Meter Readings
NOTES
F-24 F-24
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
F-25 F-25
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
POWER BOARD TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the power board is receiving the correct voltages and also if
the power board is regulating and producing the correct DC voltages.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-Ohmmeter
5/16” Nut Driver
Wiring Diagram
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO
machine.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the power board and plugs J41, J42
and J43. Do not remove plugs from the
power board. See Figure F.4.
5. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to
the V350-PRO.
6. Carefully test for the correct voltages at the
power board. See Table F.3.
7. If the 40VDC is low, or not present at plug
J41, check the rectifier bridge and C5 filter
capacitor. See Wiring Diagram. Also per-
form the Auxiliary Transformer Test.
8. If any of the DC voltages are low, or not
present at plugs J42 or J43, the power
board may be faulty.
9. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
10. Replace the case wraparound cover using
a 5/16” nut driver.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-26 F-26
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)
J42
J41
J43
Figure F.4 Power Board Plug Location
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-27 F-27
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)
Table F.3 Power Board Voltage Checks
CHECK POINT
LOCATION TEST
DESCRIPTION CONNECTOR
PLUG PIN NO. LEAD NO.
OR IDENTITY
NORMAL
ACCEPTABLE
VOLTAGE
READING
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J41
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J42
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J42
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J42
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43
POWER PC
BOARD
CONNECTOR
PLUG J43
CHECK +5VDC
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD
CHECK -15VDC
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD
CHECK +5VDC
“SPI” SUPPLY
FROM POWER
PC BOARD
CHECK +5VDC
“RS232”
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD
CHECK +15VDC
“SPI” SUPPLY
FROM POWER
PC BOARD
CHECK +40VDC
OPTIONAL
SOLENOID
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC BOARD
408 (+)
410 (-)
411 (+)
410 (-)
403 (+)
401 (-)
406 (+)
405 (-)
402 (+)
401 (-)
438 (+)
431 (-)
5 VDC
-15 VDC
5 VDC
5 VDC
15 VDC
40 VDC
CHECK +15VDC
SUPPLY FROM
POWER PC
BOARD
412 (+)
410 (-) 15 VDC
CHECK 40VDC
SUPPLY FROM
RECT. BRIDGE
TO POWER BD.
65 (+)
66 (-) 38-42 VDC
65 66
2(+)
1(-)
410
412
1(+)
5(-)
410
408
3(+)
5(-)
410
411
2(+)
5(-)
403
401
3(+)
12(-)
406
405
4(+)
9(-)
402
401
6(+)
12(-)
431
438
8(+)
1(-)
NOTES
F-28 F-28
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if any of the output diodes are “shorted”.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter
Wiring Diagram
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-29 F-29
V350-PRO
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-30 F-30
V350-PRO
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Locate the output terminals on the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.5.
3. Remove any output cables and load from the
output terminals.
4. Using the analog ohmmeter test for more
than 200 ohms resistance between positive
and negative output terminals. Positive test
lead to the positive terminal; Negative test
lead to the negative terminal. See Figure
F.6.
NOTE: The polarity of the test leads is most
important. If the test leads polarity is not cor-
rect, the test will have erroneous results.
FIGURE F.5 Machine Output Terminals
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
HO
HO
T ST
T ST
ARTWELD MODE
WELD MODE
ARC CONTR
ARC CONTR
OL
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK CRISP
CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GT
TIG GT
AW
CV
CV
-WIRE
-WIRE
CV
CV
-FLUX CORED
-FLUX CORED
-4
-4
+4
+4
+2
+2
-2
-2
0
-6
-6
+6
+6
-10
-10
SOFT
SOFT
CRISP
CRISP
+10
+10
-8
-8
+8
+8
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
10
10
9
8
7
SELECT
SELECT
REMO
REMO
TE
ON
ON
REMO
REMO
TE
LOCAL
LOCAL
m
WELD
WELD
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
CONTR
CONTR
OL
OL
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MPS
MPS
AOL
OL
TS
TS
V
NEGATIVE
OUTPUT
TERMINAL
POSITIVE
OUTPUT
TERMINAL
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-31 F-31
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)
5. If 200 ohms is measured then the output
diodes are not “shorted”.
NOTE: There is a 200 ohm resistor across the
welding output terminals.
6. If less than 200 ohms is measured, one or
more diodes or the snubber board may be
faulty.
7. Perform the Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed in the maintenance sec-
tion.
8. Locate the output diode modules and snub-
ber board. See Figure F.7.
9. Test all output diode modules individually.
NOTE: This may require the disassembly of
the leads and the snubber board from the
diode modules. Refer to the Output Diode
Modules Removal and Replacement
Procedure for detailed instructions.
Figure F.6 Terminal Close-Up
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
- PROBE
+ PROBE
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)
F-32 F-32
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Figure F.7 Snubber and Output Diode Locations
LEFT SIDE
Snubber
Board
Output Diode
Modules
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will determine if the correct voltage is being applied to the primary of auxil-
iary transformer and also if the correct voltage is being induced on the secondary windings
of the transformer.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-ohmmeter (Multimeter)
5/16” Nut Driver
Wiring Diagram
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-33 F-33
V350-PRO
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-34 F-34
V350-PRO
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST (continued)
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the auxiliary transformer. See Figure
F.8.
5. Locate the secondary leads and plugs P52
and P56. See Figure F.8 and F.9.
FIGURE F.8 Auxiliary Transformer
FIGURE F.9 Plug Lead Connections Viewed From Transformer Lead Side of Plug
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
Auxiliary
Transformer
Secondary Lead
Plugs P52 and P56
LEAD
541 LEAD
31
LEAD
24 LEAD
42
LEAD
532
PLUG P52
LEAD
41A
LEAD
54
PLUG P56
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER NO.1 TEST (continued)
F-35 F-35
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
7. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to the
V350-PRO and check for the correct sec-
ondary voltages per table F.4. Make sure the
reconnect jumper lead and switch are config-
ured correctly for the input voltage being
applied. Make sure circuit breaker (CB2) is
functioning properly.
NOTE: The secondary voltages will vary if the
input line voltage varies.
8. If the correct secondary voltages are present,
the auxiliary transformer is functioning proper-
ly. If any of the secondary voltages are miss-
ing or low, check to make certain the primary
is configured correctly for the input voltage
applied. See Wiring Diagram.
High voltage is present at primary of
Auxiliary Transformer.
9. If the correct input voltage is applied to the
primary, and the secondary voltage(s) are not
correct, the auxiliary transformer may be
faulty.
10. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
11. Install the case wraparound cover using a
5/16” nut driver.
TABLE F.4
WARNING
LEAD IDENTIFICATION NORMAL EXPECTED VOLTAGE
31 TO 532 115 VAC
42 TO 541
24 TO 541
42 VAC
24 VAC
28 VAC
54 TO 41A
NOTES
F-36 F-36
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
F-37 F-37
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the current transducer and associated wiring are functioning
correctly.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-ohmmeter
5/16” Nut Driver
Grid Bank
External DC Ammeter
This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.
WARNING
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)
F-38 F-38
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge
Procedure.
4. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the control
box top and cut any necessary cable ties. See
Figure F.10.
5. Locate plug J8 on the control board. Do not
remove the plug from the P.C. Board.
6. Apply the correct input power to the V350-
PRO.
7. Check for the correct DC supply voltages to
the current transducer at plug J8. See Figure
F.11.
A. Pin 2 (lead 802+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)
should read +15 VDC.
B. Pin 4 (lead 804+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)
should read -15 VDC.
8. If either of the supply voltages are low or miss-
ing, the control board may be faulty.
FIGURE F.10 Metal Plate Removal & Plug J8 Location
802
801 804
806
Plug J8
FIGURE F.11. Plug J8 Viewed From Lead Side of Plug
WARNING
REMOTEPOWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
Metal Plate
5/16" Screws
Plug J8
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)
F-39 F-39
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
9. Check the feedback voltage from the current
transducer using a resistive load bank and
with the V350-PRO in mode 200. Mode 200 is
a constant current test mode. This mode can
be accessed from the front panel of the V350
by pressing and holding the Mode Select but-
ton while turning the machine on. Then, rotate
the output knob while still holding the Mode
Select button in until the displays read “Mode
200”. Release the Mode Select Button and
the machine will be in mode 200. With the
V350-PRO in mode 200, apply the grid load
across the output of the V350-PRO, set
machine output to 300 amps and enable
WELD TERMINALS. Adjust the grid load to
obtain 300 amps on the external ammeter and
check feedback voltages per Table F.5.
A. Pin 1 (lead 801) to Pin 6 (lead 806) should
read 2.4 VDC (machine loaded to 300
amps).
10. If for any reason the machine cannot be
loaded to 300 amps, Table F.5. shows what
feedback voltage is produced at various cur-
rent loads.
11. If the correct supply voltages are applied to
the current transducer, and with the machine
loaded, the feedback voltage is missing or not
correct the current transducer may be faulty.
Before replacing the current transducer, check
the leads and plugs between the control board
(J8) and the current transducer (J90). See The
Wiring Diagram. For access to plug J90 and
the current transducer refer to: Current
Transducer Removal and Replacement
Procedure.
12. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
13. Replace the control box top and any cable ties
previously removed.
14. Install the case wraparound cover using the
5/16” nut driver.
TABLE F.5
OUTPUT LOAD CURRENT EXPECTED TRANSDUCER FEEDBACK
VOLTAGE
300
250
200
150
100
2.4
2.0
1.6
1.2
0.8
NOTES
F-40 F-40
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
F-41 F-41
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the fan motor, control board, switch board, or associated leads
and connectors are functioning correctly.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Voltmeter
5/16” Nut Driver
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 40 minutes to perform.
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)
F-42 F-42
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO
machine.
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure.
4. Locate plug J22 on the main switch board. Do
not remove the plug from the board. See
Figure F.12.
5. Carefully apply the correct input power to the
machine. 6. Carefully check for 115VAC at plug J22 pin-2
to J22 pin-3. (leads 115B to COM 2) See
Figure F.13. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS
PRESENT AT THE MAIN SWITCH BOARD.
J21 J20
J22
Fan Lead
Lead Com 2
Fan Lead Lead 115 B
Plug J22
FIGURE F.13 PLUG J22
FIGURE F.12 PLUG J22 LOCATION
Lead 716-
Plug J20
Lead 715+
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)
F-43 F-43
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
7. If the 115VAC is low or not present perform
The Auxiliary Transformer Test. Also check
plug J22 and associated leads for loose or
faulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram.
8. Energize the weld output terminals (Select
Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for
115VAC at plug J22 pin-1 to J22 pin-4 (fan
leads). See Figure F.13. If the 115VAC is pre-
sent and the fan is not running then the fan
motor may be faulty. Also check the associat-
ed leads between plug J22 and the fan motor
for loose or faulty connections. See the Wiring
Diagram. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS
PRESENT AT THE SWITCH BOARD.
9. If the 115VAC is NOT present in the previous
step then proceed to the fan control test.
FAN CONTROL TEST PROCEDURE
1. Locate plug J20 on the switch board. Do not
remove the plug from the switch board. See
Figure F.12 and Figure F.14.
2. Energize the weld output terminals (Select
Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for
+15VAC at plug J20 pin-6+ to J20 pin-2- (leads
715 to 716). See Figure F.14. If the 15VAC is
present and the fan is not running then the
switch board may be faulty. If the 15VDC is
not present when the weld terminals are ener-
gized then the control board may be faulty.
Also check plugs J20, J7, and all associated
leads for loose or faulty connections. See the
Wiring Diagram.
WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT
THE SWITCH BOARD.
3. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
Note: The fan motor may be accessed by the
removal of the rear panel detailed in The
Current Transducer Removal and
Replacement Procedure.
4. Replace the case wrap-around cover.
FIGURE F.14 PLUG J20
NOTES
F-44 F-44
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
F-45 F-45
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if there is a possible “open” in the SPI cable and also determine
if the correct supply voltages are being applied to the boards in the SPI network.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt/Ohmmeter
5/16” Nut Driver
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST (continued)
F-46 F-46
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure.
4. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the control
box top. Cut any necessary cable ties.
5. Perform the Display Board Removal
Procedure. Do not remove the SPI ribbon
cable connecting the display board to the sta-
tus board. If a remote board is present, the SPI
cable plug connecting the remote board to the
display board will have to be removed from the
display board.
6. Locate and remove plug J3 from the control
board. See Figure F.15.
7. Check the resistance and continuity of the SPI
cable by testing with the ohmmeter from each
pin on plug J3 to the corresponding pins on
the plug removed from the display board. See
the machine schematic drawing.
8. The resistance reading pin to corresponding
pin should be zero ohms or very low resis-
tance. If the resistance reading is high or
“open” check the plug connections to the SPI
network PC boards. If the connections are OK
and the resistance is high or “open” the SPI
cable may be faulty.
9. Using the ohmmeter check the continuity of
the remote board SPI cable from the plug (pre-
viously connected to the display board) to the
plug on the remote board.
10. Reconnect the plugs into the display board
and perform the Display Board Replacement
Procedure.
11. With plug J3 still removed from the control
board, carefully apply the correct input power
to V350-PRO.
12. Turn on the machine.
13. Carefully check for the presence of +15VDC
from plug J3 pin -1(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at
the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.
14. Carefully check for the presence of +5VDC
from plug J3 pin -2(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at
the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.
15. If either of these voltages are low or not pre-
sent, the control board may be faulty. Replace.
16. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO
machine.
17. Replace plug J3 into the control board.
18. Replace the control box top and any cable ties
previously removed.
19. Replace the case wrap-around cover.
Plug J3
Pin 10
Pin 1
Pin 2
FIGURE F.15 Plug J3
Right Side
J3
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the machine is capable of producing welding output and to
check and adjust, if necessary, the voltage and or current calibration.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Resistive Load Bank
Calibrated Test Voltmeter
Calibrated Test Ammeter
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
F-47 F-47
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)
F-48 F-48
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CALIBRATION CHECK
The calibration of the V350-PRO can be checked
using a resistive load bank with the V350-PRO in
mode 200. Mode 200 is a constant current test
mode.
1. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.
2. Turn on the V350-PRO.
3. Rotate the output knob, while still holding the
mode select button in, until the displays read
“mode 200”.
4. Release the Mode Select button and the
machine will be in mode 200.
5. With the machine in mode 200 apply a resistive
load to the welding output terminals (approxi-
mately .087 ohms) set the machine output to
300 amps and enable the Weld Terminals.
(Weld Terminals Select ON).
6. Using the test meters note the output voltage
and current.
7. The V350-PRO voltmeter must match the test
meter reading to within +/- 1 volt.
8. The V350-PRO ammeter must match the test
meter within +/- 5 amps.
9. If the voltmeter does not meet the specification
then proceed to the Voltage Calibration
Procedure.
10. If the ammeter does not meet the specification
then proceed to the Current Calibration
Procedure.
NOTE: Before attempting to calibrate the voltage
or current setting of the V350-PRO, be sure to read
the entire voltage or current calibration section. If
the steps are not completed quickly, the machine
will automatically leave the calibration mode with-
out changing the calibration settings. The voltage
and current calibration settings of the V350-PRO
are completely independent of each other.
Adjusting one will not affect the other.
VOLTAGE CALIBRATION
1. Connect the resistive load band (approximate-
ly .087 ohms) and test voltmeter to the welding
output terminals.
2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.
3. Turn on the V350-PRO.
4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the dis-
play reads “vol cAL”.
5. Release the Mode Select button.
6. Adjust the output control knob until the actual
output voltage reading on the test volt meter is
20volts +/- .5 volts.
7. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-
cally turned off and then back on.
8. Adjust the Output Control knob again if neces-
sary to make the actual voltage output 20 volts
+/- .5 volts.
9. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-
cally turned off and then back on.
10. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.
11. Press and release the Mode Select button to
save the calibration.
NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not
pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting the
Output Control knob the machine will leave the
calibration mode and use the previous calibra-
tion settings.
CURRENT CALIBRATION
PROCEDURE
1. Connect the resistive load band (approxi-
mately .087 ohms) and test ammeter to the
welding output terminals.
2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.
3. Turn on the V350-PRO.
4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the
display reads “cur cAL”.
5. Release the Mode Select button.
6. The left display will change to “IcAL” to
indicate that current calibration is in
progress.
7. The right display will scroll the following
message: Adj oCP SorEAL cur-300A.
8. Adjust the Output Control knob until the
actual output current reading on the test
ammeter is 300amps +/-2A.
9. Wait for the machines output to be
automatically turned off and then back on.
10. Adjust the Output Control knob again if
necessary to make the actual output cur-
rent reading on the test ammeter 300
amps +/-2A.
11. Wait for the machines output to be auto-
matically turned off and then back on.
12. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.
13. Press and release the Mode Select button
to save the calibration.
14. The left display will scroll the message IcAL
SAVEd.
15. The machine will reset to normal operation.
NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not
pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting
the Output Control knob the machine will
leave the calibration mode and use the pre-
vious calibration settings.
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)
F-49 F-49
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
NOTES
F-50 F-50
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353) (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the control board for maintenance
or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
3/8” Nut Drive
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-51 F-51
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-52 F-52
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the control board behind the front panel of
the machine. See Figure F.16.
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws
from the top and bottom of the front of the
machine. See Figure F.17.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six
screws and their washers from around the input
power switch. See Figure F.17.
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four
screws from around the two welder output termi-
nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.17.
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
Input Power
Switch Screws
Welder Output
Terminal Screws
5/16" Screws
5/16" Screws
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
HO
HO
T ST
T ST
AR
AR
TWELD MODE
WELD MODE
ARC CONTR
ARC CONTR
OL
OL
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK CRISP
CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GT
TIG GT
AW
CV
CV
-WIRE
-WIRE
CV
CV
-FLUX CORED
-FLUX CORED
-4
-4
+4
+4
+2
+2
-2
-2
0
-6
-6
+6
+6
-10
-10
SOFT
SOFT
CRISP
CRISP
+10
+10
-8
-8
+8
+8
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
10
10
9
8
7
SELECT
SELECT
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
ON
ON
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
LOCAL
LOCAL
m
WELD
WELD
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
CONTR
CONTR
OL
OL
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MPS
MPS
AOL
OL
TS
TS
V
FIGURE F.16 - CONTROL BOARD LOCATION
FIGURE F.17 CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
Control Board
Observe static precautions detailed in PC
Board Troubleshooting Procedures at the
beginning of this section.
8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled
forward to gain access to the Control Board. Note:
The front of the machine cannot be removed com-
pletely, only pulled forward a few inches.
9. Using a 5/16” nut driver or a flathead screwdriver
remove the metal plate on the top of the machine
that holds the case front assembly to the center
panel. There are two nylon cable ties that will
need to be cut in order for the metal plate to be
removed. See Figure F.18.
10. The control board is now accessible to replace.
CAUTION
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-53 F-53
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
Metal Plate
5/16" Screws
Plug J8
FIGURE F.18. - METAL PLATE LOCATION
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
11.. Beginning at the right side of the machine
remove plugs J10A and J10B. Note: Be sure to
label each plugs position upon removal. See
Figure F.19.
12. Working your way across the top of the board
from right to left, label and remove plugs #J9,
#J8, #J7, #J6, and #J5. See Figure F.19.
13. Working your way down the left side of the board,
remove plugs #J4 and #J3. See Figure F.19.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-54 F-54
FIGURE F.19 CONTROL BOARD PLUG LOCATION
Right Side
J10B
J10A
J9
J8
J7
J6
J5
J4
J3
F-55 F-55
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
14. Using a 3/8” nut driver remove the four mounting
nuts from the four corners of the control board.
See Figure F.20.
15. Remove the control board. Note: Gentle prying
from behind the board using a flathead screw-
driver may be required.
16. Replace the control board.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.20 CONTROL BOARD MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION
Right Side
Mounting
Screws
17. Replace the four 3/8” mounting nuts at the cor-
ners of the board.
18. Replace plugs #J3, #J4, #J5, #J6, #J7, #J8, #J9,
#J10B, and #J10A previously removed.
19. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the metal plate
on the top of the machine that holds the case
front assembly to the center panel. Replace all
cable ties previously removed.
20. Replace the four phillips head screws removed
from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.
21. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
22. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws
previously removed from the front of the machine
23. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-56 F-56
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call or 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the display board for maintenance
or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-57 F-57
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-58 F-58
FIGURE F.21 – DISPLAY BOARD LOCATION
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
L11130-1
CS71D1
Display Board
L11107-2 STATUS INPUT
Status Board
L11110-1
MODE SELECT
Mode Board
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor
Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
4. Locate the display board behind the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.21.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-59 F-59
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE F.22 – CASE FRONT SCREW LOCATION
Input Power
Switch Screws
Welder Output
Terminal Screws
5/16" Screws
5/16" Screws
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
HOT STAR
AR
TWELD MODE
WELD MODE
ARC CONTR
ARC CONTR
OL
OL
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK CRISP
CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GT
TIG GT
AW
CV
CV
-WIRE
-WIRE
CV
CV
-FLUX CORED
-FLUX CORED
-4
-4
+4
+4
+2
+2
-2
-2
0
-6
-6
+6
+6
-10
-10
SOFT
SOFT
CRISP
CRISP
+10
+10
-8
-8
+8
+8
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
10
10
9
8
7
SELECT
SELECT
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
ON
ON
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
LOCAL
LOCAL
m
WELD
WELD
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
CONTR
CONTR
OL
OL
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MPS
MPS
AOL
OL
TS
TS
V
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four
screws from the top and bottom of the front of
the machine. See Figure F.22.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
six screws and their washers from around the
input power switch. See Figure F.22.
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
four screws from around the two welder out-
put terminals on the front of the machine. See
Figure F.22.
8. The front of the machine may now gently be
pulled forward to gain access to the display
Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot
be removed completely, only pulled forward a
few inches.
9. The display board is now accessible to
replace.
10. Remove plug #J37 from the display board.
11. Remove plug #J3 originating from the control
board located directly across from the display
board.
12. Remove the display board. Note: Gentle prying
from behind the board may be required.
13. Replace the display board.
14. Replace plugs #J3 and #J37 previously removed.
15. Replace the four phillips head screws removed
from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.
16. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
17. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws
previously removed from the front of the machine
18. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-60 F-60
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the main switch board for main-
tenance or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
7/16” mm Socket
3/16” Allen Wrench
3/8” Nut Driver
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-61 F-61
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
Observe static precautions detailed in PC Board
Troubleshooting Procedures at the beginning of
this section. Failure to do so can result in perma-
nent damage to equipment.
4. Locate the main switch board and all associat-
ed plug and lead connections. See figure F.23.
See Wiring Diagram.
5. Using a 5/16” and 3/8” nut driver remove the
input lead shield from the area at the bottom of
the main switch board.
6. Using a 7/16” socket, remove leads 201, 202,
203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 from the
switch board. Note lead terminals locations
and washer positions upon removal.
7. Locate and disconnect the three harness plugs
associated with the main switch board. Plugs
#J20, #J21, #J22. See Figure F.23.
8. Locate the eight capacitor terminals and
remove the nuts using a 7/16” socket or nut
driver. Note the position of the washers behind
each nut for replacement.
CAUTION
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-62 F-62
FIGURE F.23 – MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS
MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
- + - +
- + - +
208
201 209
204
205
206
203
J21 J20
J22
202
207
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-63 F-63
FIGURE F.24 – 3/16” ALLEN BOLT LOCATION
FIGURE F.25 – NYLON MOUNTING PIN
- + - +
- + - +
3/16" ALLEN BOLTS
MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)
9. Using a 3/16” allen wrench remove four allen
bolts and washers as shown in Figure F.24.
At this point, the board is ready for removal.
Carefully remove the board from the 4 nylon
mounting pins. Note: Depress the retaining
pins on the sides of the nylon mounts to
release the board. See Figure F.25.
10. Carefully maneuver the board out of the
machine.
11. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 to the
IGBT heatsinks on the back of the new
switch boards mating surfaces. Note: Keep
compound away from the mounting holes.
12. Mount the new board on the nylon mount-
ing pins.
13. Replace the four allen bolts and washers
previously removed.
14. Replace the eight capacitor terminal nuts,
washers, and necessary leads previously
removed.
15. Reconnect the three harness plugs previous-
ly removed.
16. Reconnect the nine leads (#201-#209) that
were previously removed.
17. Pre-torque all screws to 25 inch lbs. before
tightening to 44 inch lbs.
18. Replace the case wraparound cover.
DEPRESS
LOCKING TAB ON
MOUNTING PIN
NOTES
F-64 F-64
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the mode board for maintenance
or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Small Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
1/4” Wrench
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-65 F-65
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-66 F-66
FIGURE F.26 – MODE BOARD LOCATION
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
L11130-1
CS71D1
Display Board
L11107-2 STATUS INPUT
Status Board
L11110-1
MODE SELECT
Mode Board
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor
Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
4. Locate the mode board behind the front panel
of the machine. See Figure F.26.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-67 F-67
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
FIGURE F.27 – CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL
Input Power
Switch Screws
Welder Output
Terminal Screws
5/16" Screws
5/16" Screws
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
HOT STARTWELD MODE ARC CONTROL
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK CRISP
CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GT
TIG GT
AW
CV
CV
-WIRE
-WIRE
CV
CV
-FLUX CORED
-FLUX CORED
-4
-4
+4
+4
+2
+2
-2
-2
0
-6
-6
+6
+6
-10
-10
SOFT
SOFT
CRISP
CRISP
+10
+10
-8
-8
+8
+8
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
10
10
9
8
7
SELECT
SELECT
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
ON
ON
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
LOCAL
LOCAL
m
WELD
WELD
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
CONTR
CONTR
OL
OL
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MPS
MPS
AOL
OL
TS
TS
V
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four
screws from the top and bottom of the front of
the machine. See Figure F.27.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
six screws and their washers from around the
input power switch. See Figure F.27.
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
four screws from around the two welder output
terminals on the front of the machine. See
Figure F.27.
8. The front of the machine may now gently be
pulled forward to gain access to the mode
board. Note: The front of the machine cannot
be removed completely, only pulled forward a
few inches.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-68 F-68
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.28. – CASE FRONT
9. Remove plug #J34 from the mode board.
10. Remove plug #J31 originating from the status
board located directly above the mode board.
11. Open the cover of the weld mode display on
the front of the machine.
12. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the three
5/16” screws as shown in Figure F.28.
13. Carefully maneuver the the mode faceplate up
and away from the machine. The bottom of
the plate will come out first. Note: The mode
board will still be attached to its mounting
plate.
14. Place both knobs in the full counter clockwise
position to gain access to the mounting
screws.
15. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen the
screw in the “Hot Start” knob and the “Arc
Control” knob. The knobs should slide off of
their shafts. See Figure F.29.
16. Using a 1/4” wrench remove the nuts and their
washers behind the “Hot Start” and “Arc
Control” knobs.
17. Remove the mode board by gently prying from
behind the board.
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
HO
HO
T ST
T ST
ARTWELD MODE
WELD MODE
ARC CONTR
ARC CONTR
OL
OL
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GTAW
CV-WIRE
CV-FLUX CORED
-4 +4
+4
+2
+2
-2 0
-6 +6
+6
-10
-10
SOFT
SOFT
CRISP
CRISP
+10
+10
-8 +8
+8
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
10
10
9
8
7
SELECT
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
ON
ON
REMO
REMO
TE
TE
LOCAL
LOCAL
m
WELD
WELD
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
CONTR
CONTR
OL
OL
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
MPS
MPS
AOL
OL
TS
TS
V
5/16" Screws
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-69 F-69
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.29 – SCREW IN CAP
Small Flathead
Screwdriver
18. Replace the mode board.
19. Replace the 1/4” nuts and their washers that
mount the “Hot Start” and “Arc Control”
knobs.
20. Using a small screwdriver replace the two
knobs previously removed. Be sure to place
both potentiometers in the full counter clock-
wise position and position knobs for proper
calibration.
21. Replace the three 5/16” screws previously
removed from the front of the machine located
around the mode board knobs.
22. Replace plugs #J31 and #J34 previously
removed.
23. Replace the four phillips head screws removed
from the front of the machine located around
the two welder output terminals.
24. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
25. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four
screws previously removed from the front of
the machine
26. Replace the case wraparound cover.
NOTES
F-70 F-70
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the status board for maintenance
or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-71 F-71
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-72 F-72
FIGURE F.30 – STATUS BOARD LOCATION
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
L11130-1
CS71D1
Display Board
L11107-2 STATUS INPUT
Status Board
L11110-1
MODE SELECT
Mode Board
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor
Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
4. Locate the status board behind the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.30.
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-73 F-73
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws
from the top and bottom of the front of the
machine. See Figure F.31.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six
screws and their washers from around the input
power switch. See Figure F.31.
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four
screws from around the two welder output termi-
nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.31.
8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled
forward to gain access to the status Board.
Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed
completely, only pulled forward a few inches.
9. The status board is now accessible to replace.
FIGURE F.31 – FRONT SCREW REMOVAL
Input Power
Switch Screws
Welder Output
Terminal Screws
5/16" Screws
5/16" Screws
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
HO
HO
T ST
T ST
AR
AR
TWELD MODE
WELD MODE
ARC CONTR
ARC CONTR
OL
OL
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK SOFT
CC-STICK CRISP
CC-STICK CRISP
TIG GT
TIG GT
AW
CV
CV
-WIRE
-WIRE
CV
CV
-FLUX CORED
-FLUX CORED
-4
-4
+4
+4
+2
+2
-2
-2
0
-6
-6
+6
+6
-10
-10
SOFT
SOFT
CRISP
CRISP
+10
+10
-8
-8
+8
+8
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
10
10
9
8
7
SELECT
SELECT
REMOTE
ON
REMOTE
LOCAL
m
WELD TERMINALS
OUTPUT
CONTROL
SELECT SELECT
MPS
AOLTS
V
10. Remove plug #J311 and plug #J31 from the sta-
tus board.
11. Remove plug #J37 originating from the display
board located directly above the status board.
12. Remove the status board. Note: Gentle prying
from behind the board will be required.
13. Replace the status board.
14. Replace plug #J37 previously removed.
15. Replace plug #J31 and plug #J311 previously
removed.
16. Replace the four phillips head screws removed
from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.
17. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
18. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws
previously removed from the front of the machine
19. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-74 F-74
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the snubber board for mainte-
nance or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
7/16 Socket or Nut Driver
F-75 F-75
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 15 minutes to perform.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the snubber board.. See Figure F.32.
5. Remove small lead #B1 from the board. See
Figure F.33.
6. Remove the four bolts using a 7/16” socket. Two
of these bolts have leads #30 and #10 connected
to them. Note the position of all leads and associ-
ated washers upon removal.
7. Carefully remove the snubber board.
8. Replace the snubber board.
9. Replace the bolts, leads, and washers previously
removed. Torque bolt to 30-40 Inch Lbs.
10. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-76 F-76
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
LEFT SIDE
Snubber
Board
FIGURE F.32 – SNUBBER BOARD LOCATION
Lead B1
Lead 30
Lead 10
FIGURE F.33 – SNUBBER BOARD LEADS (CLOSE UP)
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the power board for maintenance
or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
WARNING
F-77 F-77
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the power board. See Figure F.34.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-78 F-78
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
LEFT SIDE
POWER BOARD
FIGURE F.34 POWER BOARD LOCATION
5. Locate the three plug connections. J41, J42 and
J43. See figure F.35.
6. Carefully remove the three plugs from the power
board.
7. Remove the four screws and associated washers
at the corners of the board using a flathead screw-
driver. Board is ready for removal. Note the posi-
tion of washers upon removal.
8. Remove the power board.
9. Replace with new power board.
10. Secure the new power board into its proper posi-
tion with the four screws and washers previously
removed.
11. Replace the three plugs previously removed.
Plugs J41, J42 and J43.
12. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-79 F-79
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
J42
J41
J43
FIGURE F.35 – POWER BOARD LEAD LOCATION
NOTES
F-80 F-80
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
F-81 F-81
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the input rectifier for maintenance
or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/16” Allen wrench
5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound
Silicon Sealant
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the input rectifier. See figure F.36.
5. Carefully remove the silicon sealant insulating the
six input rectifier terminals.
6. Remove the six screws from the terminals using a
flathead screwdriver. Carefully note the position of
all leads and their positions upon removal. See
Figure F.37.
7. Using a 3/16”in. allen wrench remove the two
mounting screws and washers from the input
bridge. See Figure F.37.
8. Remove the input bridge.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-82 F-82
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
INPUT
RECTIFIER
FIGURE F.36 – INPUT RECTIFIER LOCATION
9. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink com-
pound to the point of contact between the input
rectifier and the mounting surface.
10. Secure the new input bridge into its proper posi-
tion with the two 3/16”in. allen mounting screws
previously removed. Torque to 44 inch pounds.
11. Reconnect the previously removed leads to their
proper locations. Torque to 31 inch pounds.
12. Cover the input rectifier and its six terminals with
silicon sealant.
13. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-83 F-83
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
#207A
#207
#209A
B
C
3/16" ALLEN
BOLTS
FRONT
REAR
Small Lead "A"
To Circuit Breaker
Small Lead "H1"
To Auxiliary Transformer
FIGURE F.37 – INPUT RECTIFIER (CLOSE-UP)
NOTES
F-84 F-84
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
F-85 F-85
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the output rectifier modules for
maintenance or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/16” Allen wrench
9/64” Allen wrench
5/16” Nut Driver
7/16” Wrench
Flathead Screwdriver
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound
Thin Knife/Screwdriver
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Locate the output rectifier modules located behind
the snubber board. See figure F.38.
5. Before the output rectifier modules can be
reached, the Snubber Board Removal
Procedure must be performed.
6. After the snubber board is removed, remove the
four leads connected to the modules using a 3/16”
allen wrench. These leads are #X4, #X2, #20, #40.
Note their positions for reassembly. See Figure
F.38.
7. Remove the copper plates from the tops of the
modules.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-86 F-86
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
LEFT SIDE
Lead #40
Lead #X4
Lead #X2Lead #20
Snubber
Board
FIGURE F.38 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE LEAD LOCATIONS
8. Under the copper plate previously removed, there
is an allen bolt. Remove it using a 9/64” allen
wrench.
9. Using a 7/16” socket remove the mounting bolts at
the top and bottom of the modules. See Figure
F.39.
10. The output rectifier modules are ready for removal
and/or replacement.
11. Before replacing the diode module, apply a thin
even coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compound
to the bottom surface of the diode module. Note:
Keep the compound away from the mounting
holes.
12. Press the module firmly against the sink while
aligning the mounting holes. Insert each outer
screw through a spring washer and then a plain
washer and into the holes. Start threading all
three screws into the heat sink (2 or 3 turns by
hand).
13. The screw threads may catch on the threads of
the heat sink, so be sure to get the face of the
screw into contact with the surface of the module
(using just hand torque).
14. Using a 7/16” socket, tighten each mounting bolt
to between 5 and 10 inch pounds.
15 Tighten the center allen screw to between 12 and
18 inch pounds.
16. Tighten each mounting bolt again (30 to 40 inch
pounds this time).
15. Replace leads #X2, #X4, #20, #40 to their original
terminals in their proper positions. Torque bolts to
30-40 Inch Pounds.
16. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
17. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-87 F-87
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
LEFT SIDE
Mounting Bolts
Mounting Bolts
3/16" Allen
Bolts
9/64" Allen
Bolts
FIGURE F.39 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE MOUNTING BOLT LOCATIONS
NOTES
F-88 F-88
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
F-89 F-89
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).
DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the current transducer for
maintenance or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
1/4” Nut Driver
1/2” Wrench
3/8” Wrench
Channel Locks
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Hammer
Crescent Wrench
Pliers
WARNING
This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover.
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
4. Remove the caps on the two wire feeder recepta-
cles.
5. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the two
mounting screws from each wire feeder recepta-
cle. See Figure F.40.
6. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws
from the top and bottom of the back of the
machine. See Figure F.40.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-90 F-90
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
Wire Feeder Receptacle
Mounting Screws
Plastic
Nut
5/16" Mounting Screws
REAR
FIGURE F.40 – CASE BACK SCREW LOCATIONS
7. Label and remove the four leads connected to the
two wire feeder circuit breakers. Pliers may be
necessary.
8. Label and remove the two leads connecting to the
CB2 circuit breaker. Pliers may be necessary.
9. Label and remove the seven leads from the
reconnect panel. Pliers may be necessary.
10. Using a crescent wrench, remove the large plastic
nut from around the input power line located at
bottom of the rear assembly. See Figure F.41.
11. Locate the steel nut located directly on the other
side of the rear assembly behind the plastic nut
that was previously removed. See Figure F.41.
12. Using a hammer and a flathead screwdriver, firm-
ly tap the metal nut from the bottom of one of its
ribs. This tapping will loosen the nut. Note: Be
sure to tap from the bottom so the nut loosens in
a counter clockwise fashion if viewed from the
front of the machine.
13. Using a 3/8” wrench label and remove leads #202,
#203, #206, #207A from the reconnect switches.
See Figure F.41.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-91 F-91
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
WARNING
REMOTE POWER
OFF
ON
A
AMPS
A
V
VOLTS
WELD TERMINALS
SELECT
OUTPUT
LINCOLN
ELECTRIC
INVERTEC V350-PRO
Metal Nut
Plastic Nut
#203
#207A
#206
#202
FIGURE F.41 LEAD LOCATIONS
14. The back of the machine may now gently be
pulled away to gain access to the current trans-
ducer. Note: The rear of the machine cannot be
removed completely.
15. Carefully swing the rear of the machine open to
the right while facing the rear of the machine.
16. Perform the Snubber Board Removal
Procedure.
17. Remove leads #X2 and #20 from the output diode
module.
18. Remove leads #X4 and #40 from the other output
diode module.
19. Using a 3/8” wrench, remove the four mounting
screws from the output diode heatsink assembly.
Take note placement of insulation for reassembly.
See Figure F.42.
20. Cut any necessary cable ties and carefully remove
the heavy lead from the diode heatsink.
21. Remove the output diode heatsink assembly
through the rear of the machine.
22. Remove plug #J90 from the current transducer.
23. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the two mounting
nuts from the current transducer.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-92 F-92
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
LEFT SIDE
FOUR 3/8"
MOUNTING
BOLTS
FIGURE F.42– OUTPUT HEATSINK MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION
24. Replace the current transducer.
25. Replace the two 3/8” mounting nuts previously
removed.
26. Reconnect plug #J90 to the current transducer.
27. Replace any necessary cable ties previously cut.
28. Replace the output diode heatsink assembly pre-
viously removed using a 3/8” wrench.
Note: Be sure to place insulation in its original
location.
29. Replace leads #X2, #20, #X4, #40 previously
removed from the two output diode modules.
Torque to 30-40 inch lbs.
30. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement
Procedure.
31. From the rear of the machine, replace the heavy
flex lead to the bottom of the output diode
heatsink assembly using a 1/2” wrench. Note:
Don’t forget to include all washers.
32. The rear of the machine may now be placed back
into its original position.
33. Using a 3/8” wrench, replace leads #202, #203,
#206, and #207A previously removed from the
reconnect switches.
34. Tighten the metal nut previously removed from the
inside of the rear wall on the back of the machine.
Channel locks may be necessary.
35. Replace the large plastic nut from around input
power line located at the back of the machine.
36. Replace the seven leads to the reconnect panel in
their proper locations.
37. Replace the two leads to the CB2 circuit breaker.
38. Replace the four leads to the two wire feeder cir-
cuit breakers.
39. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the four screws
at the top and bottom at the rear of the machine.
40. Replace the two phillips head mounting screws
from around each wire feeder receptacle.
41. Replace the case wraparound cover.
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-93 F-93
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
RETEST AFTER REPAIR
F-94 F-94
V350-PRO
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Retest a machine:
If it is rejected under test for any reason that requires you to remove any part which could affect the
machine’s electrical characteristics.
If you repair or replace any electrical components:
IDLE AMPS
Input Volts
230VAC
460VAC
575VAC
Maximum Idle Amps
Less Than 1.0 Amp
Less Than 0.5 Amp
Less Than 0.5 Amp
Idle Watts
400 Watts
400 Watts
400 Watts
Note: The machine’s output terminals should be energized but with no external load on the
machine.
PERFORM THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
This procedure is necessary to insure that the machine is capable of producing output and that the unit is
calibrated correctly.
FAN AS NEEDED (F.A.N.)
The fan should turn on when the machine’s output terminals are energized and stay on for approximately
5 minutes after the output terminals are de-energized.
G-1
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
G-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION-
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION G
WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
MACHINE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
SWITCH PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11
SWITCH PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12
DISPLAY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13
DISPLAY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14
STATUS PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-15
STATUS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16
MODE SELECT PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-17
MODE SELECT PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-18
REMOTE PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-19
REMOTE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-20
SNUBBER PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-21
SNUBBER PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-22
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
V350-PRO
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-2
V350-PRO
WIRING DIAGRAM - INVERTEC V350-PRO
FAN
FRONT OF MACHINE
MAIN
XFMR
205
201
2. FOR MACHINES NOT SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.
CONNECT TERMINALS U & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.
CONNECT TERMINALS U, V & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
H3
H2
RECONNECT
H5
H4
NOTES
:N.A. 1. FOR MACHINES SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
CONNECT BLACK AND WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
WRAP RED LEAD WITH TAPE TO PROVIDE 600V. INSULATION.
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
CONNECT BLACK, RED & WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
FAN
X10
X3
X20
X2
3
2
6
N.C. PLACE "A" LEAD ON APPROPRIATE CONNECTION FOR INPUT VOLTAGE.
CONNECTION SHOWN IS FOR 550-575V OPERATION.
A
LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE
204
AA
208
B
G3707
WIRING DIAGRAM INVERTEC V350-PRO
REAR OF MACHINE
X30
X40
X4
X
1
6-2-2000A
SEC
BOOST
RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE
7
N.B. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING
THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT
COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER.
206
( 380-575VAC POSITION )
207A 276
277
275
S
T
A
T
U
S
R5
10K/2W
POT
CONTROL
277
275
13
24
D
I
S
P
L
A
Y
510
16
49
83
27
M
O
D
E
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
276
R
BA
G
W
CB1
W
V
C
B
U
2
3
4
1
1
5
J4 J3
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
J10A J10B
403
402
401
408
405
410
411
412
407
7
2
3
8
9
46 1
10
5
1112
2
3
4
1
502
503 _
+
10201002
H1
B
TP1 TP3
A
A
TP2
C
205
206 203
208
+
201
204
202 207
3200/300
C2,C4
xxxxxx x
209
SWITCH
207
209
207A
203
202
H6
575V
550- 460V
440- 230V
220-
380-
415V 208V
200-
H5
H6
H2
H3
H4
AUXILIARY
H1
XFMR
7
2
3
8
9
4
6
1
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
609
602
611
607
901
903
804
903
72
38
94
6
1
105
2
2
3
41
5
78
9
10
2
3
1
6
5
4
7
8
802
806
801
Y = YELLOW
W = WHITE
N = BROWN
U = BLUE
R = RED
G = GREEN
B = BLACK
COLOR CODE:
7
38
94
61
10
5
BRIDGE
INPUT
2A
_
+A
B
E
FC
D
_
901
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
PRIMARY
PRI-I N
PRI-O UT PRI-O UT
PRI-I N
SEC
BOOST
OUTPUT
RECTIFIER
CURRENT
TRANSDUCER
502
505
L2
REACTOR
CHOKE
REACTOR
L1
INPUT
PER
N.A.
}
406
612
608
J34
J31
J311 J37
J2
J1
E
F
AB
C
D
802
804
801
806
4321
+
(REAR VIEW)
2A
4A
32
76A
21
R
E
M
O
T
E
17
4 10
93
28
J33 510
16
49
8
3
27
J331
7
42V
541
24
24V
16
42
COM1
77
4A
75
4
612
11
5
551
553
552
554
115V
P56
P52
5
42
75
77 76
21
903A
901A
554 553
+
TP4
TP5
405
407
66
65
4
1
3
2
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
1
4
3
2
406
401
402
403
6
5
41
3
2
408
410
412
411
J43
J41
J42
P
O
W
E
R
GAS
SOLENOID
115V WIRE FEEDER
REMOTE
16
15
715
716
615
616
615
607
611
612
3200/300
C1,C3
+
CONTROL
RECTIFIER
54
65
2400/80
+
C5
41A
~
~
66
-
+
6 PIN
REMOTE
(REAR VIEW )
610605
41A
6
100 A CIRCUIT
BREAKER
FLEX CIRCUIT
FLEX CIRCUIT
FLEX CIRCUIT
FLEX CIRCUIT
N.C.
(REAR VIEW )
1
31
532
11
77A
GND 31
75A
77B
2B
4B
76B
A
B
C
J
K
L
D
E
M
I
H
G
F
N
J21 3
1
J20
1
2
3
6
5
4
2608
I
605
616
610
X10
X30
66B 65B
J90
901B
903B
R1
S1
2
1
6
12
CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE
(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)
J43, J331
1
7
J8,
J20,J21
4
8
1
5
J9, J42, P53
3
6
1
4
J2,J5,J11,
J22, J41,
J311, P55
21
4
3
J31,J33,
J34,J37
6
5
10
1
J1,J6,J7, P52
8
16
1
9
CB2
S
N
U
B
B
E
R
X10
X2
X4
X20
X40
X30
75B
54
1
28V
432
438
431
432
438
431
CB2
532
32 P55
2
1551
552
4
3
21B
2
76
76A 77A
2A
75A
1
22
1010
1001
6
BASE
CASE FRONT
PROTECTIVE BONDING CIRCUIT
MODE PANEL
TP6
GND
42
75B
77B
2B
4B
21B
76B
A
B
C
J
K
L
D
E
M
I
H
G
F
N
41
24
CB1
541
41 41B
41B
24/42V WIRE FEEDER
REMOTE
J11
715
716
7
8
6
5
1020
1010
1001
1002
FAN
4
12
3
FAN
J22
COM2
115V
FAN
6A 2A
COM2
1001,1002,
1010,1020
21,21B,2A,4A,
75A,76A,77A
SNB
6
7
84
609
602
503
xxxxxxx
506
505 506
J10A,
J10B
COM2A
G-2
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-3
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - COMPLETE MACHINE
SPI
POWER
SUPPLY
J31-10
J31-9
J31-8
J31-1
J31-2
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
J31-9
J31-8
J31-1
J31-2
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
GREEN L3
G
GND
POWER
BOARD
(+)15 VOLT SPI
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
(+)5 VOLT SPI
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
/SS
FAN
FAN
115B
COM2
A
H1
C
B
A
BLACK
RED
WHITE
SNB
B1
X10
X40
X30
X20
66
65
66B
65B
41A
54
431
438
406
405
403
402
401
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (+)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (-)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (+)
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (-)
J6-15
801
802
804
806
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (+)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (-)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (+)
609
602
616
608
1001
1002
505
502
505
506
503
506
xxxxxxx
power down signal J42-4
J4-1
J4-2
J4-3
GND SPI (b)
+15V SPI (b)
+5V SPI (b)
J10A-2
J10A-1
J6-8
J6-16
J6-2
609
602
616
608
1001
1002 PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (-)
+15V
MAIN RELAY CONTROL
J6-9
I OUT
-15V
GND
+15V
J90-4
J90-3
J90-2
J90-1
MAIN TRANSFORMER
J21-2
high = softstart off
SOFT START
J20-3
J20-7
(+)
(-)
PULSE
TRANSFORMER
J20-5
J20-1
FAN POWER
FAN CONTROL
J20-6
J20-2
CR1
J20-8
J20-4
J21-3
J21-7
J21-6
FAN
J22-3
J22-2
J22-1
J22-4
J43-9
J43-4
J43-12
J43-6
GND (d)
+20 (d)
+
GAS SOLENOID
(option)
553
554
552
551
P55-4
P55-3
P55-2
P55-1 SUPPLY
POWER
CHOPPER
438
432
431
GND (c)
+20 (c)
J43-1
J43-7
J43-2
J43-8
21B S1
R1
903B
901B
901A
903A
21
2A
532
32
6A
41
541
CB1
6 Pin Ampehnol
(front of machine)
RS232
supply
+5 RS232 (e)
GND (e)
+5 SPI (b)
+15 SPI (b)
SPI GND (b)
SUPPLY
POWER
CONTROL
MACHINE
J43-1
GND (a)
-15 (a)
+5 (a)
+15 (a)
J42-2
J42-5
J42-3
J42-1
J45-1
J45-2
REMOTE BOARD
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
NO CONNECTION
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
SNUBBER
BOARD
REACTOR
REACTOR
INPUT
LINES
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
NO CONNECTION
(+)5 VOLT SPI
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
/SS
+ 5 VOLT SPI
CV - FLUX CORE
TIG GTAW
CC - STICK 7018
MODE SELECT PANEL
LOCAL CONTROL
LOCAL CONTROL
DISPLAY PANEL
J311-2
276
J311-3
NO CONNECTION
J311-4
277
J311-1
LOCAL CONTROL 275
J31-10
GROUND SPI
J31-9
MOSI
J31-8
SCK
J31-1
NO CONNECTION
J31-2
(+)5 VOLT SPI
J31-7
MISO
J31-6
CS3 J31-5
CS2
J31-4
CS1
STATUS PANEL
J31-3
/SS
J7-15 + 15 (a)
S
X3
X2
X1
X4
S
BK-IN FR-IN
S
2
3
S
B-IN
S
A-OUT
6
7
S
A-IN
SB-OUT
100 AMP
CIRCUIT BREAKER
/
INPUT SWITCH
TP3 TP2
TP1
AC3
AC1
L3
V
WL1
L2 AC2
POS
NEG
U
J21-1
J21-5
J21-8
J21-4
Shown connected for
200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage
RECONNECT SWITCH
CR1
MAIN
INPUT
RELAY
V/F CONVERTER # 1
V/F CONVERTER # 2
SWITCH BOARD
+
-
202
208
+
-
+
J4-5
J4-6
J4-11
J4-10
J4-8
J4-12
J5-2
J5-3
J4-7
J7-16
J6-5
J6-11
J6-7
J6-12
J10B-2
J10B-1
J6-10
J3-10
J3-9
J3-8
J3-7
J3-6
J3-5
J3-4
J3-3
J3-2
J3-1
J9-3
J9-1
J8-6
J8-4
J8-2
-
203
207
201
204
xxxxxxx
206
209
205
MAIN CHOKE
THERMOSTAT
CC - STICK 6010
CV - WIRE
ARC
CONTROL
VOLTS
ON
WELD
TERMINALS
ON / OFF
THERMAL
POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN)
801
802
804
806
901
903
610
1010
503
502
GND (a)
GND (e)
TRANSDUCER
CURRENT
FAN CONTROL
GND (a)
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE
SOFT START CONTROL
CONTROL BOARD COMMON
THERMOSTAT
THERMOSTAT
407
412
716
605
715
611
607
615
612
1020
(+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE
(-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE
+5V RS232 (e)
+5V (a)
411
410
408
ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN.
N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
NOTES :
-15V
+15V
CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A )
TP3
C2/TP2
C1/TP1
J8-1
160J
320V
600V
.05uF
80J
150V
160J
320V
600V
.05uF
CONTROL BOARD
+15V (a)
-15V (a)
POSITIVE
-NEGATIVE
+
C
D
E
B
F
A
COM2
115B
J52-5
42
J56-1
J52-724
COM2A
31
COM1
J56-6
41A COM1A
J52-16
541
J52-11
115A
J52-1532
(440-460)
H5
(550-575)
H6
24V
28V
42V
(380-415)
(220-230)
(200-208)
H4
H3
H2
H1
2A
TRANSFORMER
AUXILIARY
AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE)
77
76
75
2
4
42
AMPS
HOT
START
REMOTE
LOCAL
REMOTE
LOCAL /
REMOTE
CONTROL
MODE SELECT
4200 uF
4200 uF
+40 VDC
250 Ohms
115 VAC
FLEX
CIRCUIT
406
405
403
402
401
407
412
411
410
408
FLEX
CIRCUIT
FLEX
CIRCUIT
FLEX
CIRCUIT
J31-10
/SS
LOCAL CONTROL
J31-9
J31-8
J31-1
J31-2
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
NO CONNECTION
MISO
CS3
CS1
+ 5 VOLT SPI
J31-10
/SS
J331-12
J331-11
J331-10
J331-9
J331-8
J331-1
J331-2
J331-7
J331-6
J331-5
J331-4
J331-3
graphical representation
SOLENOID COIL (+)
SOLENOID SUPPLY (+)
NO CONNECTION
6 PIN'S "4" LEAD
"77" LEAD
14 PIN'S "76" LEAD
SOLENOID SUPPLY (-)
"2" LEAD
14 PIN'S "4" LEAD
SOLENOID COIL (-)
"75" LEAD
6 PIN'S "76" LEAD
+10 Volts
of potentiometer connection
610
1010
716
605
715
611
607 615 612
1020
OUTPUT
DIODES
+
-
4200 uF
4200 uF
54
(+) (-)
24 / 42 Volt Amphenol
(top amphenol on
back of machine)
115 Volt Amphenol
(bottom amphenol
on back of machine)
C
D
E
B
L
M
F
K
N
G
J
I
H
A
2A
21
4A
C
D
E
B
L
M
F
K
N
G
J
I
H
A
41
76B
77B
2B
4B
75B
24 21B
41B
41B
31
32
75B
77A
2B
75A
76A
4B
CS2
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
6
12
CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE
(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)
J43, J331
1
7
J8,J20, J21
4
8
1
5
J9,J42,P53
3
6
1
4
J2,J5,J11,
J22,J41,
J311,P55
2
1
4
3
J31,J33,
J34,J37
6
5
10
1
J1,J6,J7, P52
8
16
1
9
J10A,
J10B
2
1
Dashed lines represent
copper bus connections.
SPI
POWER
SUPPLY
J31-10
J31-9
J31-8
J31-1
J31-2
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
J31-9
J31-8
J31-1
J31-2
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
GREEN L3
G
GND
POWER
BOARD
(+)15 VOLT SPI
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
(+)5 VOLT SPI
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
/SS
FAN
FAN
115B
COM2
A
H1
C
B
A
BLACK
RED
WHITE
SNB
B1
X10
X40
X30
X20
66
65
66B
65B
41A
54
431
438
406
405
403
402
401
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (+)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (-)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (+)
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (-)
J6-15
801
802
804
806
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (+)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (-)
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (+)
609
602
616
608
1001
1002
505
502
505
506
503
506
xxxxxxx
power down signal J42-4
J4-1
J4-2
J4-3
GND SPI (b)
+15V SPI (b)
+5V SPI (b)
J10A-2
J10A-1
J6-8
J6-16
J6-2
609
602
616
608
1001
1002 PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (-)
+15V
MAIN RELAY CONTROL
J6-9
I OUT
-15V
GND
+15V
J90-4
J90-3
J90-2
J90-1
MAIN TRANSFORMER
J21-2
high = softstart off
SOFT START
J20-3
J20-7
(+)
(-)
PULSE
TRANSFORMER
J20-5
J20-1
FAN POWER
FAN CONTROL
J20-6
J20-2
CR1
J20-8
J20-4
J21-3
J21-7
J21-6
FAN
J22-3
J22-2
J22-1
J22-4
J43-9
J43-4
J43-12
J43-6
GND (d)
+20 (d)
+
GAS SOLENOID
(option)
553
554
552
551
P55-4
P55-3
P55-2
P55-1 SUPPLY
POWER
CHOPPER
438
432
431
GND (c)
+20 (c)
J43-1
J43-7
J43-2
J43-8
21B S1
R1
903B
901B
901A
903A
21
2A
532
32
6A
41
541
CB1
6 Pin Ampehnol
(front of machine)
RS232
supply
+5 RS232 (e)
GND (e)
+5 SPI (b)
+15 SPI (b)
SPI GND (b)
SUPPLY
POWER
CONTROL
MACHINE
J43-1
GND (a)
-15 (a)
+5 (a)
+15 (a)
J42-2
J42-5
J42-3
J42-1
J45-1
J45-2
REMOTE BOARD
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
NO CONNECTION
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
SNUBBER
BOARD
REACTOR
REACTOR
INPUT
LINES
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
NO CONNECTION
(+)5 VOLT SPI
MISO
CS3
CS2
CS1
/SS
+ 5 VOLT SPI
CV - FLUX CORE
TIG GTAW
CC - STICK 7018
MODE SELECT PANEL
LOCAL CONTROL
LOCAL CONTROL
DISPLAY PANEL
J311-2
276
J311-3
NO CONNECTION
J311-4
277
J311-1
LOCAL CONTROL 275
J31-10
GROUND SPI
J31-9
MOSI
J31-8
SCK
J31-1
NO CONNECTION
J31-2
(+)5 VOLT SPI
J31-7
MISO
J31-6
CS3 J31-5
CS2
J31-4
CS1
STATUS PANEL
J31-3
/SS
J7-15 + 15 (a)
S
X3
X2
X1
X4
S
BK-IN FR-IN
S
2
3
S
B-IN
S
A-OUT
6
7
S
A-IN
SB-OUT
100 AMP
CIRCUIT BREAKER
/
INPUT SWITCH
TP3 TP2
TP1
AC3
AC1
L3
V
WL1
L2 AC2
POS
NEG
U
J21-1
J21-5
J21-8
J21-4
Shown connected for
200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage
RECONNECT SWITCH
CR1
MAIN
INPUT
RELAY
V/F CONVERTER # 1
V/F CONVERTER # 2
SWITCH BOARD
+
-
202
208
+
-
+
J4-5
J4-6
J4-11
J4-10
J4-8
J4-12
J5-2
J5-3
J4-7
J7-16
J6-5
J6-11
J6-7
J6-12
J10B-2
J10B-1
J6-10
J3-10
J3-9
J3-8
J3-7
J3-6
J3-5
J3-4
J3-3
J3-2
J3-1
J9-3
J9-1
J8-6
J8-4
J8-2
-
203
207
201
204
xxxxxxx
206
209
205
MAIN CHOKE
THERMOSTAT
CC - STICK 6010
CV - WIRE
ARC
CONTROL
VOLTS
ON
WELD
TERMINALS
ON / OFF
THERMAL
POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN)
801
802
804
806
901
903
610
1010
503
502
GND (a)
GND (e)
TRANSDUCER
CURRENT
FAN CONTROL
GND (a)
PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE
SOFT START CONTROL
CONTROL BOARD COMMON
THERMOSTAT
THERMOSTAT
407
412
716
605
715
611
607
615
612
1020
(+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE
(-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE
+5V RS232 (e)
+5V (a)
411
410
408
ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN.
N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
NOTES :
-15V
+15V
CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A )
TP3
C2/TP2
C1/TP1
J8-1
160J
320V
600V
.05uF
80J
150V
160J
320V
600V
.05uF
CONTROL BOARD
+15V (a)
-15V (a)
POSITIVE
-NEGATIVE
+
C
D
E
B
F
A
COM2
115B
J52-5
42
J56-1
J52-724
COM2A
31
COM1
J56-6
41A COM1A
J52-16
541
J52-11
115A
J52-1532
(440-460)
H5
(550-575)
H6
24V
28V
42V
(380-415)
(220-230)
(200-208)
H4
H3
H2
H1
2A
TRANSFORMER
AUXILIARY
AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE)
77
76
75
2
4
42
AMPS
HOT
START
REMOTE
LOCAL
REMOTE
LOCAL /
REMOTE
CONTROL
MODE SELECT
4200 uF
4200 uF
+40 VDC
250 Ohms
115 VAC
FLEX
CIRCUIT
406
405
403
402
401
407
412
411
410
408
FLEX
CIRCUIT
FLEX
CIRCUIT
FLEX
CIRCUIT
J31-10
/SS
LOCAL CONTROL
J31-9
J31-8
J31-1
J31-2
J31-7
J31-6
J31-5
J31-4
J31-3
GROUND SPI
MOSI
SCK
NO CONNECTION
MISO
CS3
CS1
+ 5 VOLT SPI
J31-10
/SS
J331-12
J331-11
J331-10
J331-9
J331-8
J331-1
J331-2
J331-7
J331-6
J331-5
J331-4
J331-3
graphical representation
SOLENOID COIL (+)
SOLENOID SUPPLY (+)
NO CONNECTION
6 PIN'S "4" LEAD
"77" LEAD
14 PIN'S "76" LEAD
SOLENOID SUPPLY (-)
"2" LEAD
14 PIN'S "4" LEAD
SOLENOID COIL (-)
"75" LEAD
6 PIN'S "76" LEAD
+10 Volts
of potentiometer connection
610
1010
716
605
715
611
607 615 612
1020
OUTPUT
DIODES
+
-
4200 uF
4200 uF
54
(+) (-)
24 / 42 Volt Amphenol
(top amphenol on
back of machine)
115 Volt Amphenol
(bottom amphenol
on back of machine)
C
D
E
B
L
M
F
K
N
G
J
I
H
A
2A
21
4A
C
D
E
B
L
M
F
K
N
G
J
I
H
A
41
76B
77B
2B
4B
75B
24 21B
41B
41B
31
32
75B
77A
2B
75A
76A
4B
CS2
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
6
12
CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE
(VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)
J43, J331
1
7
J8,J20, J21
4
8
1
5
J9,J42,P53
3
6
1
4
J2,J5,J11,
J22,J41,
J311,P55
2
1
4
3
J31,J33,
J34,J37
6
5
10
1
J1,J6,J7, P52
8
16
1
9
J10A,
J10B
2
1
Dashed lines represent
copper bus connections.
6
-
2
-
2000A
G-3
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
ENHANCED
WIRING DIAGRAM
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-4
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #1
SOLID EDGE
EN-170
MANUF ACTURING TOLERA NCE P ER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWIS E SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CON TAINS P RO PRIETARY IN FORMATIO N OWNED B Y THE LINCOLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY AND IS N OT TO BE REPRODUC ED , DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSIO N OF THE LINC OLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY, CLE VELAN D, OHI O U. S. A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISH ED STANDARD S.
DATE:
ON 2 P LACE DECIMALS IS ±.0 2
MATERI AL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANG LES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
T. KOOKEN
F.V.
INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
G
NONE 12-15-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
Chg. Sheet No."X" INFO.
XM5626
XA
6-2-2000A
ADDR17
ADDR17
ADDR17
CAPB_OV
CAPB_OV
FAULT_INT
FAULT_INT
MN_CNT
MN_CNT
VPP_CTRL
PWRDN_INT
PWRDN_INT
PWRDN_INT
SOFTST
SOFTST
CAPB_UV
CAPB_UV
CRYSTAL
CRYSTAL
CAPBOV
CAPBUV
CAPA_UV
CAPA_UV
CAPAOV
CAPAUV
CAPA_OV
CAPA_OV
/IPIPE
THERMOSTAT
/IFETCH
MN_OUT
SSOUT
FREEZE
FREEZE
/CS2
/CS2
/CS2
ADDR19
ADDR19
ADDR18
ADDR18
ADDR16
ADDR16
ADDR16
/BKPT
/BKPT
TSC
ADDR13
ADDR13
ADDR13
LEVEL_IN
LEVEL_IN
/BERR
/BERR
/CSB
/CSB
ADDR14
ADDR14
ADDR14
ADDR15
ADDR15
ADDR15
+15V
SRAM
128KX16
VCC1
VCC2
GND1
GND2
CE'
WE'
OE'
LB'
UB'
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
22
33
11
40
39
41
17
6
34
12
38
37
36
35
32
31
30
29
16
15
14
13
10
9
8
7
1
2
3
4
5
18
19
20
21
24
25
26
27
42
43
44 X27
IS61C12816
INPUT
NC
GND2
GND1
OUTPUT2
OUTPUT1
VS2
VS1
2
3
5
4
7
6
8
1
X2
MIC4451BM
INPUT
NC
GND2
GND1
OUTPUT2
OUTPUT1
VS2
VS1
2
3
5
4
7
6
8
1
X3
MIC4451BM
1
3
2
D83
BAT54S
1
3
2
D82
BAT54S
1
3
2
D80
BAT54S
1
3
2
D81
BAT54S
DQ
12
111
9X21
DQ
13
111
8X21
DQ
14
111
7X21
DQ
15
111
6X21
DQ
16
111
5X21
DQ
17
111
4X21
DQ
18
111
3X21
PTC
MF-R050
+5V
+5V
+15V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+15V
+15V
+15V
+15V
+5V
+15V
+15V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
1
3
2
D19
BAV99
1
3
2D78
BAV99
1
3
2
D79
BAV99
C110
20V
22uF
C13
50V
120uF
C46
35V
1uF
C2
35V
1uF
C107
35V
1uF
C119
20V
22uF
C104
1uF
35V
C94
35V
1uF
C12
35V
4.7uF
56
X10
74AC14
13 12
X30
74AC14
12
X30
74AC14
34
X30
74AC14
11 10
X30
74AC14
11 10
X10
74AC14
98
X10
74AC14
1
2
3
Q20
MMBT4401
1
2
3
Q1
MMBT4401
1
2
3
Q6
MMBT4401
1
2
3
Q5
MMBT4401
1
2
3
Q7
MMBT4401
1
2
3
Q4
MMBT4401
1
2
3
Q19
MMBT4401
7
J4
MICRO_CONTROLLER
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
A18
FC1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
CS0'
CS1'
CS2'
RESET'
BERR'
HALT'
FC2
FC0
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
A0
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19/
/
/
/
/
CS6'
CS7'
CS8'
CS9'
CS10'
/
/
/
CS3'
CS4'
CS5'
PC0/
PC1/
PC2/
PC3/
PC4/
PC5/
PC6/
CSBOOT'
/
/
/
BR'
BG'
BGACK'
DSI
DSO
R/W
/
/
IPIPE'
IFETCH'
CLKOUT
XFC
TSC
FREEZE
BKPT'/DSCLK
PF7
PF6
PF5
PF4
PF3
PF2
PF1
PF0 MODCLK
IRQ1'
IRQ2'
IRQ3'
IRQ4'
IRQ5'
IRQ6'
IRQ7'
TPUCH15
TPUCH14
TPUCH13
TPUCH12
TPUCH11
TPUCH10
TPUCH9
TPUCH8
TPUCH7
TPUCH6
TPUCH5
TPUCH4
TPUCH3
TPUCH2
TPUCH1
TPUCH0
T2CLK
RXD
PQS7
PQS6
PQS5
PQS4
PQS3
PQS2
PQS1
PQS0/MISO
/MOSI
/SCK
/PCS0/ SS'
/PCS1
/PCS2
/PCS3
/TXD
SIZ1
SIZ0
DS'
AS'
RMC'
AVEC'
DSACK1'
DSACK0'/PE0
/PE1
/PE2
/PE3
/PE4
/PE5
/PE6
/PE7
XTAL
EXTAL
83
85
104
105
110
106
111
112
113
114
76
75
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
14
15
16
17
21
22
23
24
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
13
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
79
81
80
87
90
78
77
103
140
10
9
8
7
6
115
116
117
118
119
122
124
125
127
130
131
132
133
136
137
138
139
64
63
60
58
57
56
52
51
50
49
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
143
142
141
5
4
3
94
93
92
X24
MC68332PV
+5V
RES'
VSS
VDD 1
3
2X23
S80746AN
4.6V/2%
9
J7
2J7
5J7
8J7
13 J7
16 J7
10
J7
6J7
7J7
1J7
15 J7
14 J7
13
J6
14 J6
15 J6
16
J6
9J6
10
J6
11
J6
12 J6
15
J1
12 J1
5
J1
6
J1
8J1
7
J1
4J1
9J1
14
J1
13
J1
5
J6
6J6
7J6
8
J6
4
J6
3
J6
2J6
1
J6
3J1
11 J1
10 J1
VDDE
VDDSYN
VSSE
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7
G8
G9
G10
G11
G12
G13
G14
VSTDBY
V10
V9
V8
V7
V6
V5
V4
V3
V2
V1
V11
V12 144
135
121
109
89
86
72
61
47
37
19
11
38
2
12
20
35
48
54
62
74
82
91
107
120
128
134
26
25
84
X24
MC68332
512Kx16
FLASH
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
OE'
WE'
CE'
GND2
GND1
BYTE'
RP'
WP'
A18
A17
A16
VCC
VPP 37
13
16
17
48
47
12
14
28
11
26
27
46
45
43
41
39
36
34
32
30
44
42
40
38
35
33
31
29
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
X25
TE28F800B5-B90
3
21
D90
BAV70LT1
3
21
D91
BAV70LT1
3
21
D89
BAV70LT1
3
21
D86
BAV70LT1
3
21
D85
BAV70LT1
3
21
D84
BAV70LT1
CPLD
IO9B
IO10B
IO11B
IO12B
IO13B
IO14B
IO15B
IO16B
IO17B
GND1
GND2
GND3
IO1A
IO2A
IO4A
IO6A
IO8A
IO9A
IO10A
IO11A
IO12A
IO13A
IO14A
IO15A
IO16A
IO17A
IO1B
IO2B
IO4B
IO7B
IO8B
GCK1
GCK2
GCK3
GTS1
GTS2
GSR
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
VCC2
VCC1
VCCIO
25
17
4
19
20
21
22
23
27
28
29
30
31
32
37
38
39
18
16
14
13
12
8
7
6
5
3
2
42
41
40
33
34
36
1
44
43
26
15
35
24
9
10
11
X17
XC9536-15-VQ44I
LED7
RED
3
1
2
Q10
IRLR120N
10A,100V
3
1
2
Q9
IRLR120N
10A,100V
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(2)
(2)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(2)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(1,4)
(2)
(2,3,4)
(4)
(3)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(2,4)
(3,4)
(3,4)
(4)
(2)
2
J5
3
J5
4
J5
1
J5
D114
MMBR130LT3
D115
MMBR130LT3
D76
MMBR130LT3
D77
MMBR130LT3
D8
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D7
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D5
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D2
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D24
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D29
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D6
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D31
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D9
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D30
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D17
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D32
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D15
1.5W
16V
1SMB5930
D44
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D18
1.5W
16V
1SMB5930
D25
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
C135
1uF
C141
0.1uF
C122
0.1uF
C123
0.1uF
C6
820pF
C72
820pF
C69
4700pF
C5
820pF
C70
820pF
C71
820pF
C3
820pF
C74
820pF
C15
100pF
C18
100pF
C4
820pF
C43
820pF
C67
0.1uF
C25
100pF
C44
4700pF
C22
100pF
C99
0.1uF
C108
0.1uF
C27
100pF
C68
0.1uF
C73
0.1uF
C105
0.1uF C95
0.1uF
C106
0.1uF
C120
0.1uF
C109
0.1uF
C93
0.1uF
C90
0.1uF
C113
0.1uF
C111
0.1uF
C11
0.1uF
C14
0.1uF
C136
1uF
C142
0.1uF
QD
OE'
LE
192
1
11
X21
74AC573
C143
330pF
D3
S1G
D4
S1G
1
2
3
Q15
MMBT4403
R261
10.0K
R260
10.0K
R259
10.0K
R256
1K
R255
1K
R254
10.0K
R258
10.0K
R257
10.0K
R203
22.1K
R242
10.0K
R36
475
R40 475
R84
475
R85
475
R199
10.0K
R200
10.0K
R168
1.00k
R169
1.00K
R1361.00k
R135
1.00K
R35
22.1K
R38
22.1K
R100
475K
R99
10.0K
R33
10.0K
R2
47.5
R3
47.5
R34
1.00K
R16
475
R18
475
R10
475
R19
475
R17
475
R9
475
R42
4.75K
R14
475
R43
4.75K
R37
22.1K
R39
22.1K
R81
475
R88
475
R87
10.0K
R183
750
R20
475
R90
1.00K
R8
22.1K
R32
2.21K
R47
4.75K
R15
475
R46
4.75K
R185
10.0K
R21
475
R51
4.75K
R174
10.0K
R11
475
R41
475
R187
26.7K
R179
3.32K
R180
10.0K
R186 10.0K
R18910.0k
R172
10.0K
R170
10.0K
R16410.0K
R18110.0K
R171
1.00K
NOISE_GND
NOISE_GND
D
D
D
D
D
D
DD
NOISE_GND D
NOISE_GND
D
NOISE_GND
D
NOISE_GND
NOISE_GND
NOISE_GND
D
D
DNOISE_GND
D
NOISE_GND
NOISE_GND
D
NOISE_GND
NOISE_GND
NOISE_GND
DDD
D
NOISE_GND D
D
NOISE_GND
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
DATA[0:15]
DATA[0:15]
ADDR[1:19]
ADDR[1:19]
BANK1
FAULT
SIGNAL
0V = NORMAR
0V = NORMAR
5V = FAULT
5V = FAULT
SINGLE/THREE PHASE DETECT THERMOSTAT
FILTER CAPACITOR VOLTAGE MONITORING
ADDR8
ADDR8
ADDR8
DATA5 DATA5
DATA5
RMCRMC
DATA15 DATA15
DATA15
DATA9 DATA9
DATA9
DATA4 DATA4
DATA4
DATA12 DATA12
DATA12
DATA8 DATA8
DATA8
DATA8
DATA7 DATA7
DATA7
DATA7
DATA11 DATA11
DATA11
DATA11
DATA10 DATA10
DATA10
ADDR9
ADDR9
ADDR9
ADDR10
ADDR10
ADDR10
ADDR11
ADDR11
ADDR11
ADDR12
ADDR12
ADDR12
DATA1 DATA1
DATA1
DATA1
DATA3 DATA3
DATA3
DATA3
DATA2 DATA2
DATA2
DATA2
DATA14 DATA14
DATA14
ADDR6
ADDR6
ADDR6
ADDR7
ADDR7
ADDR7
DATA13 DATA13
DATA13
DATA6 DATA6
DATA6
DATA6
ADDR3
ADDR3
ADDR3
ADDR4
ADDR4
ADDR4
FPGA_BADFPGA_BAD
IACK
INT_1_3PH
/AS /AS
ADDR5
ADDR5
ADDR5
TPU2
MOSI
TPU3
SCK
SPI_CS2
/CS0
/CS0
/CS0
FPGA_CS
SPI_CS0
CLK
CLK
STT_ON
SPI_CS3
R/W R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
TPU5
TPU6
ADDR2
ADDR2
ADDR2
/DS
/DS /DS
DATA0 DATA0
DATA0
DATA0
MISO
ADDR1
ADDR1
ADDR1
OUTPUT_ON
OUTPUT_ON
OUTPUT_ON
TPU0
SPI_CS1
CLK_8
TPU1
SCK7
MISO7
SPI_LATCH7
FAN_CONTROL
FPGA_INT FPGA_INT
THERMAL_LED
MISC1
MISC0
TPU4
INT_100
/CS1
/CS1
/CS1
FPGA_DONEFPGA_DONE
FET_B
DSP_RESET
CAP1
FPGA_RESET FPGA_RESET
CAP0
FET_A
FUNCEN
CMP0
CMP2
CMP4
DISABLE_455
VPP
PRI_OC
OVR_CUR RESET_RAMP
CLR_CAP
SYS_RESETSYS_RESET
STROBE_AD
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
/RES
CAN_CS
INT_CAN INT_CAN
RS232_RXD
RS232_TXD
3789-1D0/1
G-4
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-5
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #2
DATA[0:15]
ISOLATION BARRRIER
ADDR[1:18]
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY
FULL DUPLEX RS232 COMMUNICATION LINK
CONTROL BOARD
VOLTAGE SUPPLIES
STATUS LED
CIRCUITRY
GROUND
TIE POINT
X10
74AC14
X30
74AC14
ADDR8
DATA15
DATA9
DATA12
DATA8
DATA11
DATA10
DATA14
ADDR6
ADDR7
DATA13
ADDR3
ADDR4
ADDR5
R/WADDR2
ADDR1
CLK_8
SYS_RESET
GCAN
GCAN
GCAN
GCAN
GCAN
GCAN
GCAN
D D
D
D
D
D
GRS232
GRS232
GRS232
D
D
NOISE_GND
NOISE_GND
GRS232
A
NOISE_GND
GRS232
NOISE_GND
GSPI
D
GSPI
D
GRS232
GRS232
GCAN
A
NOISE_GND AD GSPI
D
R195
475
R178
1.00K
R177
1.00K
R193
1.00K
R190
4.75K
R194
475
R191
10.0K
R132
2001W
R133
2001W
R192
4.75K
R167
1.00K
R166
475
R165
475
R13
2.21K
R12
2.21K
R1
2.21K
R31
2.21K
R89
1.00K
R82
1.00K
R134
2.21K
R163
1.00K
R131
1.00K
R52
100
R196
150
R198
150
R197
221
R30
100
R204
10.0K
1
2
3
Q17
MMBT4403
1
2
3
Q16
MMBT4403
1
2
3
Q13
MMBT4403
1
2
3
Q14
MMBT4403
GND
B
A
VCC
RE*
DI
OE
RO
5
7
6
8
2
4
3
1
X29
TRANSCEIVER
MAX485
D63 S1G
D72
S1G
D71
S1G
D73
S1G
D74
S1G
C134
0.1uF C133
0.1uF
C103
0.1uF
C121
0.1uF
C101
0.1uF
C118
22pF
C116
22pF
C117
0.1uF
C64
150pF
C89
150pF
C115
0.1uF
C88
0.1uF
C91
0.1uF
C92
0.1uF
C42
0.1uF
C137
0.1uF
D62
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920
D61
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920
D60
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920
D53
1/2W
18V
MMSZ5248BT1
D52
1/2W
18V
MMSZ5248BT1
D58
1/2W
18V
MMSZ5248BT1
D59
1/2W
18V
MMSZ5248BT1
D27
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D26
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D14
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D13
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920
D12
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920
D16
1.5W
18V
1SMB5931
D43
1.5W
16V
1SMB5930
D1
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920
D46
1.5W
6.2V
1SMB5920
D10
1.5W
15V
1SMB5929
D11
1.5W
15V
1SMB5929
5
678
3
2
OCI4
HCPL-0601
5
678
3
2
OCI3
HCPL-0601
5
678
3
2
OCI2
HCPL-0601
5
678
3
2
OCI1
HCPL-0601
XTAL2
XTAL1
VSS2
AD7
AD6/SCLK
AD5
AD4/MOSI
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
INT*/P2.6
WRH*/P2.7
CS*
RESET*
DSACK0*
INT*
MODE1
MODE0
RD*/E
ALE/AS
VCC
VSS1
P1.7/AD15
P1.6/AD14
P1.5/AD13
P1.4/AD12
P1.3/AD11
P1.2/AD10
P1.1/AD9
P1.0/AD8
R/W*
RDY/MISO
CLKOUT
P2.0
P2.1
P2.2
P2.3
P2.4
P2.5
TX0
RX0
RX1
TX1
CAN
23
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
7
28
27
17
16
15
14
13
12
26
22
21
25
19
18
20
39
40
41
42
43
2
3
4
11
10
8
29
9
24
30
44
6
5
1X28
AN82527
Y1
16.00Mhz
4J11
2J11
3J11
2J2
1J2
3
J2 4J2
1J11
D
11 10
X16
MC145407
D
15 6
X16
MC145407
D
13 8
X16
MC145407
C1+ C1-
VDD
VCC
C2-C2+
VSS
GND
20 18
17
19
31
4
2
X16
MC145407
R
912
X16
MC145407
R
516
X16
MC145407
R
714
X16
MC145407
(1,4)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
LED8
GREEN
LED1
GREEN
LED5
GREEN
LED3
GREEN
LED2
GREEN
LED4
GREEN
LED6
GREEN
LED9
GREEN
LED10
RED
1
TP7
2N7002
2
1
3
Q3
2N7002
2
1
3
Q2
4J7
3J7
1
J4
2
J4
3
J4
5J4
4
J4
6J4
9
J4
12
J4
8
J4
10
J4
11
J4
34
X10
74AC14
12 X10
74AC14
C102
4.7uF
35V
C66
10uF
16V
C62
10uF
16V
C65
10uF
16V
C63
10uF
16V
C1
35V
4.7uF
C9
35V
4.7uF
C10
35V
4.7uF
C45
35V
1000uF
C39
35V
4.7uF
C40
35V
4.7uF
C16
4.7uF
35V
C61
4.7uF
35V
+5CAN
+5CAN
+5CAN
+5CAN
+5V
+5V
+5VRS232
+5V
+5VRS232
+15V
+15v
+15v
+15V
-15V
+5VRS232
+5V
+5SPI
+5V
+5V
+15SPI
+5V
+5VRS232
+5CAN
-15V
-5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
2
J8
3
J8
4
J8
6
J8
7
J8
8
J8
7
14
PW1
7
14
PW2
OI 1
5
2
X4
MC79L05ABD
BUSS_L
BUSS_H
RXA
TRAN
TXA
+10VRS232
-10VRS232
CAN_CS
INT_CAN
STATUS-
RS232_RXD
STATUS+
RS232_TXD
SOLID EDGE
EN-170
MANUFACTURING TOLERA NCE P ER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWIS E SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEE T CONTAINS PROPRIE TARY IN FO RMATIO N OWNED B Y THE LINCOLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY AND I S N OT TO BE REPRODUC ED, D IS CLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PER MISSIO N OF THE LINC OLN E LECTRIC COMPANY, C LEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARD S.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
T. KOOKEN
F.V.
INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
G
NONE 12-15-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
Chg. Sheet No."X" INFO.
XM5626
XA
6-2-2000A
3789-1D0/2
G-5
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-6
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #3
AD_DATA[0:13]
SAWTOOTH GENERATOR
PRIMARY CURRENT SHUTDOWN 0.3 - 0.9A
PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE
IDEAL VOLTAGE
2/6/202.6,
70V=0.9V
CURRENT TRANSDUCER
SIGNAL IN
4V = 500A OUTPUT
CURRENT TRANSDUCER
INPUT = (-VOLTAGE)
CURRENT NODE CONTROL, DISABLE THE
FETS AS SOON AS PRIMARY CURRENT
IS GREATER THAN A REFERENCE LEVEL
Iout = -Vin*0.99mA
CURRENT FEEDBACK
INTEGRATOR
IDEAL V_AD
2.5V = 70 ArcVOLTS
INPUT FROM 2nd LEM
STT CURRENT FLOW
I>56A = HI
I<56A = LO
ON CONNECTOR
3500 VOLTS
1<GAIN<11
A/D CONVERSION
CURRENT LIMIT
SECONDARY CURRENT SENSE
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
+STUP
67
-STUP
21
AD_DATA12
AD_DATA11
AD_DATA11
AD_DATA10
AD_DATA10
AD_DATA9
AD_DATA9
AD_DATA8
AD_DATA8
AD_DATA7
AD_DATA7
AD_DATA6
AD_DATA6
AD_DATA5
AD_DATA5
I_AD
I_AD
I_AD
I_FLOW_STT
AD_DATA4
AD_DATA4
MOSI
SCK
V_AD
V_AD
V_AD
AD_DATA0
AD_DATA0
AD_DATA13
AD_CS POT_CS
MSELEN
MSELEN
AD_DATA1
AD_DATA1
AD_DATA2
AD_DATA2
AD_DATA3
AD_DATA3
MSEL0
MSEL0
MSEL1
MSEL1
SEL_I_ON
DA_CS
TURN_OFF_N
A
A
A
A
A D
A
A D
A
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
DA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A A
D
D
A
AA
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
A
AD
D
A
A
R212
1M
R23047.5K
R25
2.21K
R113
1.50K
R27
47.5K
R231
1.00K
R24
511
R28
47.5K
R23
511
R26
47.5K
R53
47.5K
R22
10.0K
R61
1.00K
R29
47.5K
R55
100K
R111
100K
R110
47.5K
R146
4.75K
R63 33.2K
R66
2.21K
R65 33.2K
R141
475
R67
4.75K
R62
100
R106
100K
R59
221
R48
221
R49
100K
R108
100K
R102
221
R44
100
R207
100K
R118
1.50K
R122
1.50K
R109
2.67K
R139
10.0K
R123
3.32K
R115
100K
R114 26.7K
R120 26.7K
R112 1.00K
R138
475
R60
1.00k
R119
475
R117
150K
R56
1.00K
R57
47.5K
R140
10.0K
R128
3.32K
R129
3.32K
R127 6.81K
R121 10.0K
R130
6.81K
R116
475
R125
150K
R126
1.00K
R124
100K
R45
221
R151
10
R154
10
R157
10
R160
10
R148
10
R161
10
R158
10
R155
10
R152
10
R149
10
R71 1.00K
R70
121K
R74
1.50K
R76
1.50K
R80
1.50K
R78
1.50K
R73
100K
1/2W_HV
R79
100K
1/2W_HV
R75
100K
1/2W_HV
R77
100K
1/2W_HV
R72
26.7K
R54 1.00K
R107
10.0K
R691.00K
R681.00K
R142
100K
R143
1.00K
R144
1.00K
R103
10.0K
R58
1.00K
R209 4.75K
R210
4.75K
R211
1M
R208
100K
R206
1.00K
R233
33.2K
R213
1.00K
R241
10.0K
R214
1.00K
R216
10.0K
R217
10.0K
R218
10.0K
1
J9
3
J9
2
J9
4
J9
5
J9
6
J9
D101
MURS320T3
D68
S1G
D67
S1G
D56
MURS320T3
D55
MURS320T3
D51
MURS320T3
D57
MURS320T3
D75S1G
D64
S1G
D65
S1G
D70
S1G
D99
MURS320T3
D98
MURS320T3
D100
MURS320T3
C86
0.022uF
C1250.1uF
C550.1uF
C28
0.1uF
C82
0.1uF
C830.1uF
C7
0.022uF
C85
0.1uF
C8
0.1uF
C80
0.1uF
C50
0.1uF
C23
0.1uF
C21
0.1uF
C17
820pF
C51
0.1uF
C19
820pF
C58
0.1uF
C57
0.1uF
C56
0.27uF
C52
0.1uF
C34
0.27uF
C32
10pF
C26
150pF
C35
150pF
C36
150pF
C38
150pF
C37
150pF
C60
0.1uF
C59
0.1uF
C126
330pF
C124 0.1uF
C300.1uF
C127
0.1uF
C128
22pF
C129
0.1uF
C140
0.1uF
DZ3
1N5358B
DZ2
1N5333B
DZ4
1N5358B
DZ1
1N5333B
D35
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D36
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D38
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D37
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D42
1/2W5.1V
MMSZ5231
D41
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D40
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D39
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
D69
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
2
J10B
1
J10B
2
J10A
1
J10A
(1)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(1)
(4)
(1)
(4)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(1)
(4)
(1)
(4)
E1
V-
V+
IN2
GND
VL
S
D
6
1
8
3
7
4
5
X31
ADG417D1
V-
V+
IN2
GND
VL
S
D
6
1
8
3
7
4
5
X13
ADG417D1
OP-27+
-
4
8
1
7
3
2
6
X1
1
TP1
1
TP2
1
TP3
1
TP4
1
TP5
1
TP6
+
-
11
4
10
9
8X20
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
10
9
8
X8
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
3
2
1
X8
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
12
13
14
X20 MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
12
13
14
X8
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
5
6
7
X8
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
3
2
1
X20
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
12
13
14
X14
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
5
6
7
X14
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
10
98
X14
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
3
2
1
X14
MC33074AD
+
-
11
4
5
6
7
X20
12 J7
11 J7
1
2
3
Q12
MMBT4401
1
2
3
Q18
MMBT4401
98
X30
74AC14
56
X30
74AC14
C49
20V
22uF
C54
20V
22uF
1
3
2
D66
BAV99
1
3
2
D50
BAV99
1
3
2
D33
BAV99
1
3
2
D49
BAV99
DGND
AGND
IOUT1
RFB
VREF
VDD
CS'
WR'D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
16
174
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3
2
1
20
19
18
X12
AD7945BRS
+2.5V
-15V
+2.5V
+2.5V
+5VA
+5VA
-5V
-15V
-15V
+15V
+5V
+15V
-15V
+5V
+5VA
+15V
-15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+15V
-5V
+5VA
AA=5VA
+5VA
+15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+5VA+5VA
+5VA
+5VA
+15V
+5VA
+5VA
+15V
-15V
+15V
-15V
+5VA+15V
+15V
+15V
+5VA
+5VA
+15V
+15V
-15V
+5VA
+5V
24
22
23
X32
AD8403ARU10
2
4
3
X32
AD8403ARU10
24
22
23
X6
AD8403ARU10
6
8
7
X6
AD8403ARU10
20
18
19
X6
AD8403ARU10
2
4
3
X6
AD8403ARU10
LGV-
V+
+
-8
7
1
5
6
4
3
2
X5
LT1016
LGV-
V+
+
-
8
7
1
5
64
3
2
X7
LT1016
DGND
AGND4
AGND3
AGND2
AGND1
VDD
SDO
SDI
SHDN'
CS'
RS'
CLK
9
5
17
1
21
16
13
12
10
11
15
14 X6
AD8403ARU10
DGND
AGND4
AGND3
AGND2
AGND1
VDD
SDO
SDI
SHDN'
CS'
RS'
CLK
9
5
17
1
21
16
13
12
10
11
15
14 X32
AD8403ARU10
1
3
2
D34
BAT54S
1
3
2
D54
BAT54S
1
3
2
D28
BAT54S
1
3
2
D47
BAT54S
EN
A1
A0
S1A
DA
DB
S4B
S3B
S2B
S1B
S4A
S3A
S2A
V+
V-
GND
14
3
15
8
9
10
11
12
13
7
6
5
4
2
16
1X15
ADG409
1
J8
5
J8
7
1
2
8
Q11
IRF7103
5
3
4
6
Q11
IRF7103
CS'
RD'
A0
VA1
VB1
VA2
VB2
AGND1
AGND2
DGND
BUSY
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
DB8
DB9
DB10
DB11
DB12
DB13
VDD
VREF
CONVST'
28
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
23
7
16
27
17
18
26
25
20
22
21
8
19
24 X19
AD7863ARS-2
PRI_OC
OVR_CUR
RESET_RAMP
CLR_CAP
+2.5V
+2.5V
SYS_RESET
STROBE_AD
VDREF
/RES
SOLID EDGE
EN-170
MANUFACTURING TOLERA NCE P ER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWIS E SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEE T CONTAINS PROPRIE TARY IN FO RMATIO N OWNED B Y THE LINCOLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY AND I S N OT TO BE REPRODUC ED, D IS CLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PER MISSIO N OF THE LINC OLN E LECTRIC COMPANY, C LEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARD S.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
T. KOOKEN
F.V.
INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
G
NONE 12-15-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
Chg. Sheet No."X" INFO.
XM5626
XA
6-2-2000A
3789-1D0/3
G-6
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-7
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #4
BD ID=03
D
D
D
GSPI
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
DD
D
D
D
R173
10.0K
R9110.0K
R9210.0K
R9310.0K
R9410.0K
R9510.0K
R9610.0K
R9710.0K
R9810.0K
R83
475
R86
475
R182
4.75k
R201
10.0K
R184
4.75K
R104
10.0K
R137
4.75k
R221
10.0K
R229
10.0K
R253
10.0K
R222
4.75k
R262 332
R263332
R264332
R265332
R266332
R267332
R25210.0K
R24310.0K
R24610.0K
R24410.0K
R24510.0K
R24710.0K
R24810.0K
R24910.0K
R25010.0K
R251
10.0K
R223100
R224100
R240100
R226100
R227100
R228100
C1380.1uF
C96
0.1uF
C98
0.1uF
C100
0.1uF
C48
0.1uF
C1140.1uF
C77
0.1uF
C76
0.1uF
C75
0.1uF
C840.1uF
C79
0.1uF
C78
0.1uF
C131 0.1uF
C130
22pF
C1390.1uF
D45
1/2W
5.1V
MMSZ5231
ADCIN15
ADCIN14
ADCIN13
ADCIN12
ADCIN11
ADCIN10
ADCIN9/IO/PA2
ADCIN8/IO/PA3
ADCIN7
ADCIN6
ADCIN5
ADCIN4
ADCIN3
ADCIN2
ADCIN1/IO/PA1
ADCIN0/IO/PA0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
PORESET
RS
CLKOUT/IOPC1
XTAL1/CLKIN
A14
A13
A12
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
WE
R/W
PWM5/CMP5
PWM4/CMP4
PWM3/CMP3
PWM2/CMP2
PWM1/CMP1
PWM9/CMP9/IOBP2
PWM8/CMP8/IOBP1
PWM7/CMP7/IOPB0
PWM6/CMP6
CAP4/IOPC7
CAP3/IOPC6
CAP2/QEP2/IOPC5
CAP1/QEP1/IOPC4
BIO/IOPC3
XF/IOPC2
ADCSOC/IOPC0
DS
IS
W/R
STRB
BR
PS
SPISTE/IO
WDDIST
RESERVED
MP/MC
READY
TDI
TCK
TRST
EMU0
TDO
TMS
NMI
EMU1/OFF
DVDD_6
DVDD_8
DVDD_7
VREFHI
VCCA
CVDD_2
DVDD_1
DVDD_2
DVDD_3
DVDD_4
DVDD_5
CVDD_1
TMRCLK/IOPB7
TMDIR/IOPB6
T3PWM/T3CMP/IOPB5
T2PWM/T2CMP/IOPB4
T1PWM/T1CMP/IOPB3
SOICLK/IO
SPISOMI/IO
SPISIMO/IO
SCITXD/IO
SCIRXD/IO
XTAL2
OSCBYP
XINT3/IO
XINT2/IO
XINT1
PDPINT
VREFLO
VSSA
VSS_13
VSS_12
VSS_11
VSS_10
VSS_9
VSS_8
VSS_7
VSS_6
VSS_5
VSS_4
VSS_3
VSS_2
VSS_1
A15 128
8
120
113
104
92
71
61
59
46
29
20
14
3
86
87
56
55
54
53
52
57
49
48
45
44
43
109
108
107
106
105
60
85
84
7
121
103
93
62
47
21
13
2
40
39
32
38
34
33
31
30
51
50
42
37
36
131
129
130
132
6
5
70
69
68
67
66
65
63
80
81
82
83
88
89
90
91
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
1
4
124
123
122
119
118
127
126
125
117
116
115
114
112
111
110
64
58
41
35
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
19
18
17
16
15
12
11
10
9
X22
TMS320F240
(3)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(1) (3)
(1)
(1,4)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
1J3
2J3
3J3
4J3
5J3
6J3
9J3
8J3
7J3
10 J3
(1)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(1) (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1,2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
A1
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
VCC
DIR
ENABLE
GND
20
1
19
10
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
119
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
X33
74HC245
(3)
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
98
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
S1
1312 X10
74AC14
IO32
IO31
IO30
IO29
IO28
IO27
VCC26
GND25
IO24
IO23
IO22
IO21
IO20
IO19
NC18
IO17
TMS
IO15
IO14
GND13
NC12
IO11
IO10
IO9
IO8
TCK
TDI
IO5
IO4
IO3
PGCK1
GND1
IO47
IO46
IO45
IO44
IO43
IO42
IO41
IO40
NC39
GND38
IO37
IO36
IO35
IO34
NC33
IO117
IO116
IO115
IO114
IO113
IO112
NC111
IO110
IO109
PGCK3
IO107
PROGRAM'
VCC
DONE
GND103
SGCK3
IO101
IO100
IO99
IO98
IO97
IO96
IO95
IO94
IO93
NC92
GND91
IO90
IO89
IO88
IO87
NC66
IO85
IO84
IO83
IO82
IO81
IO80
GND79
VCC78
INIT'
IO76
IO75
IO74
IO73
IO72
NC71
IO70
IO69
IO68
IO67
GND66
NC65
IO64
IO63
IO62
IO61
LDC
IO59
IO58
IO57
HDC
PGCK2
VCC53
MODE
GND51
SGCK2
IO48
IO127
IO126
IO125
IO124
IO123
IO122
NC121
IO120
IO119
GND118
VCC2
SGCK1
IO206
IO205
IO204
NC203
NC202
IO201
IO200
IO199
IO198
IO197
IO196
GND195
IO194
IO193
NC192
IO191
IO190
IO189
IO188
IO187
IO186
IO185
IO184
VCC183
GND182
IO181
IO180
IO179
IO178
IO177
IO176
IO175
NC173
IO172
IO171
GND170
IO169
IO168
IO167
IO166
NC165
IO164
IO163
IO162
IO161
PGCK4
IO159
GND
TDO
VCC156
CCLK
SGCK4/DOUT
DIN
IO152
IO151
IO150
IO149
IO148
IO147
IO146
IO145
NC144
GND143
IO142
IO141
NC140
IO139
IO138
IO137
IO136
IO135
IO134
IO133
IO132
GND131
VCC130
IO129
IO128
NC2
NC1
IO174 172
54
50
208
207
163
162
166
203
202
164
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
206
192
176
175
174
184
185
186
187
188
183
182
189
190
191
167
205
204
201
173
171
169
170
168
177
178
179
165
180
193
181
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
120
22
21
119
144
143
141
142
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
113
109
127
31
30
29
121
28
117
118
27
24
23
116
115
114
111
112
110
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
89
85
84
90
86
88
87
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
70
67
76
74
73
71
75
72
62
69
66
65
63
68
64
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
53
52
51
49
37
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
39
38
48
126
125
124
33
145
122
123
146
147
36
26
25
35
34
19
20
148
8
18
9
16
10
11
13
12
14
15
17
32
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X18
FPGA
XCS20-3PQ208I
XILINX
C97
1uF
35V35V
C47
1uF
35V35V
C81
35V
1uF
1
3
2
D102BAV99LT1
1
3
2
D107BAV99LT1
1
3
2
D106BAV99LT1
1
3
2
D105BAV99LT1
1
3
2
D104BAV99LT1
1
3
2
D103BAV99LT1
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5SPI
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V +5V
+5V
+5V
HOLD'
SCK
SI
CS'
SO
WP'
GND
VCC
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
X11
AT25128
ADDR8
DATA5
RMC
DATA15
DATA9
DATA4
DATA12
DATA8
DATA7
DATA11
DSP_D15
DSP_D15
DSP_D14
DSP_D14
DSP_D13
DSP_D13
DSP_D12
DSP_D12
DSP_D11
DSP_D11
DSP_D10
DSP_D10
DATA10
ADDR9
ADDR10
ADDR11
ADDR12
DATA1
DSP_D9
DSP_D9
DSP_D8
DSP_D8
DSP_D7
DSP_D7
DSP_D6
DSP_D6
DSP_D5
DSP_D5
DSP_D4
DSP_D4
DSP_D3
DSP_D3
DSP_D2
DSP_D2
DATA3
DATA2
DATA14
ADDR6
ADDR7
AD_DATA12
DATA13
DATA6
ADDR3
ADDR4
FPGA_BAD
AD_DATA11
AD_DATA10
AD_DATA9
AD_DATA8
AD_DATA7
AD_DATA6
DSP_A7
DSP_A7
AD_DATA5
IACK
INT_1_3PH
/AS
DSP_A15
DSP_A15
I_AD
ADDR5
TPU2
I_FLOW_STT
AD_DATA4
MOSI
TPU3
SCK
SPI_CS2
/CS0
FPGA_CS
V_AD
PSW3
PSW3
PSW2
PSW2
PSW1
PSW1
SPI_CS0
CLK
DSP_D1
DSP_D1
AD_DATA0
AD_DATA13
STT_ON
STT_ON
SPI_CS3
PSW7
PSW7
R/W
PSW4
PSW4
PSW6
PSW6
PSW5
PSW5
TPU5
TPU6
ADDR2
/DS
DATA0
MISO
ADDR1
AD_CS
SPI_SS
OUTPUT_ON
OUTPUT_ON
TPU0
SPI_CS1
POT_CS
MSELEN
CLK_8
CLK_8
DSP_A0
DSP_A0
AD_DATA1
DSP_MP
DSP_MP
TPU1
AD_DATA2
AD_DATA3
DSP_A2
DSP_A2
SCK7
MISO7
SPI_LATCH7
SCK3
SCK3
MOSI _B
MOSI_B
MISO3
MISO3
FAN_CONTROL
FPGA_INT
THERMAL_LED
EE_CS
EE_CS
MISC1
MISC0
PSW0
PSW0
DSP_D0
DSP_D0
SPICS3
MSEL0
MSEL1
SPICS2
SEL_I_ON
TPU4
INT_100
DA_CS
/CS1
FPGA_DONE
BSCK
TURN_OFF_N
FET_B
DSP_READY
DSP_READY
DSP_PS
DSP_PS
DSP_DS
DSP_DS
DSP_RESET
DSP_RESET
DSP_A6
DSP_A6
DSP_CLK DSP_CLK
DSP_CLK
CAP1
CAP1
FPGA_RESET
SPICS1
CAP0
FET_A
DSP_BIO
DSP_BIO
DSP_A13
DSP_A13
DSP_A3
DSP_A3
DSP_WE
DSP_WE
DSP_REN
DSP_REN
DSP_A14
DSP_A14
DSP_A5
DSP_A5
DSP_A4
DSP_A4
FUNCEN
DSP_A1
DSP_A1
CMP0
CMP0
CMP2
CMP4
DISABLE_455
SPIMOSI
VPP
+15SPI
BMISO
SOLID EDGE
EN-170
MANUFACTURING TOLERA NCE P ER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWIS E SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEE T CONTAINS PROPRIE TARY IN FO RMATIO N OWNED B Y THE LINCOLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY AND I S N OT TO BE REPRODUC ED, D IS CLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PER MISSIO N OF THE LINC OLN E LECTRIC COMPANY, C LEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARD S.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
T. KOOKEN
F.V.
INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
G
NONE 12-15-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
Chg. Sheet No."X" INFO.
XM5626
XA
6-2-2000A
3789-1D0/4
G-7
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-8
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-CONTROL
SOLID EDGE
EN-168
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
Chg. Sheet No.
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
T. O'DONNEL
F.V.
INVERTER WELDERS
CONTROL P.C. BOARD AS'BLY
L
NONE 4-6-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
"X" INFO.
XM5626
XE-UF
11088-1
6-2-2000A
BUY PER E3867
L11088-1D0
BUY AS
IDENTIFICATION CODE
TEST PER E3856-C
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS
COMPONENT SIDE
OTHER COMPONENT SIDE (BACKSIDE)
PART NO.
(6.34)
(8.09)
1
2
3
N.D.
NOTES:
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454
BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. SECURE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH (ITEM 3)
(2 PLACES).
N.C. TOP OF THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE FREE OF POTTING
MATERIAL.
N.D. IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL PER E3867.
N.E. THERE ARE COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF P.C. BOARD.
N.F. PROGRAM ITEM 89 WITH ITEM 6.
N.G. PROGRAM ITEM 98 WITH ITEM 7.
N.J. PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG (ITEM 9) OVER HEADER PIN,
IN LOCATION SHOWN. PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW
CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE.
N.K. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH (ITEM 5) PRIOR
TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.L. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH, SUCH
THAT ALL COMPONENT LEADS ARE COVERED.
N.J. 9
N.B.
N.A.
N.E.
11 S25020-3SMT 68 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR
C138 C134 C133 C125 C55 C96 C98 C100 C28
C82 C14 C11 C83 C103 C121 C101 C117 C115
C111 C113 C85 C90 C48 C93 C109 C120 C127
C106 C95 C105 C73 C68 C8 C114 C108 C99
C77 C76 C75 C84 C79 C67 C88 C80 C50 C78
C23 C21 C91 C51 C92 C58 C57 C52 C60 C59
C131 C123 C1
12 S14390-173 2 CAP,1uF,RA,63V,10%,NP C136 C135
13 S25020-2SMT 2 SCAP
,
0.022uF
,
0805
,
50V
,
X7R
,
10%
,
C86 C7
14 S25020-10SMT 2 SCAP,4700
p
F,0805,50V,X7R,10% C44 C69
15 S25020-5SMT 4 SCAP
,
22
p
F
,
0805
,
50V
,
COG
,
5%
,
TR
,N
C118 C116 C128 C130
16 S25020-18SMT 1 SCAP,10
p
F,CER,0805,100V,5% C32
17 S25020-13SMT 7 SCAP,150
p
F,0805,100V,COG,5%,TR, C64 C89 C26 C35 C36 C38 C37
18 S25020-4SMT 11 SCAP,820
p
F,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, C43 C4 C74 C3 C71 C19 C70 C5 C72 C6 C17
19 S24833-1 2 CAP,0.27uF,MF,50V,5mm,5%,TR,NP C56 C34
20 S25020-14SMT 2 SCAP
,
330
p
F
,
100V C126 C143
21 S25025-5SMT 9 SCAP,4.7uF,7343,35V,10%,TR,NP C12 C102 C1 C9 C10 C39 C40 C16 C61
22 S25024-2SMT 8 SCAP
,
1uF
,
TAN
,
3528
,
35V
,
TR
,
NP C94 C97 C104 C107 C47 C81 C2 C46
23 S25024-8SMT 4 SCAP,10uF,TAN,6032,TR,NP C66 C62 C65 C63
24 S25024-10SMT 4 SCAP
,
22uF
,
TAN
,
7343
,
25V
,
10% C119 C110 C49 C54
25 S13490-179 1 CAP,1000uF,ALU,35V,20%,NP C45
26 S13490-182 1 SCAP,120MF,25V,20%,RADIAL,AE C13
27 S25040-2SMT 13 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS D68 D67 D4 D3 D75 D63 D64 D65 D70 D72
D71 D73 D74
28 S25046-1SMT 19 SDIO,MMSZ5231BT1,5.1V,NP D25 D45 D44 D17 D9 D6 D2 D5 D7 D8 D35
D36 D38 D37 D42 D41 D40 D39 D69
29 S25044-9SMT 7 SDIO
,
1SMB5920BT3
,
6.2V
,
NP D62 D61 D60 D13 D12 D1 D46
30 S25046-3SMT 4 SDIO,MMSZ5248B,18V,ZENER,TR,NP D53 D52 D58 D59
31 S25044-10SMT 3 SDIO,B5930,16V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D18 D15 D43
32 S25044-5SMT 9 SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5% D27 D32 D26 D30 D31 D29 D24 D14 D16
33 S25044-4SMT 2 SDIO,B5929,15V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D10 D11
34 S25040-5SMT 13 SDIO,BAV99LT1,SOT23,DUAL SWITC D66 D50 D33 D49 D19 D78 D79 D102 D103
D104 D105 D106 D107
35 S25049-4SMT 8 SDIO,BAT54S,DUAL,30V,200mA D34 D54 D28 D47 D80 D81 D82 D83
36 S25080-2SMT 8 SLED,GRN,1206,TR,NP LED8 LED1 LED5 LED3 LED2 LED4 LED6
LED9
37 S25080-1SMT 2 SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP LED7 LED10
38 S25083-1SMT 1 SIND,FERRITEBEAD,TR,NP E1
39 S25001-4752SMT 8 SRES
,
47.5K
,
1206
,
1%
,
1/8W
,
TR
,
NP R230 R27 R28 R26 R53 R29 R110 R57
40 S25001-2211SMT 8 SRES,2.21K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R25 R13 R12 R32 R1 R31 R134 R66
41 S25001-1001SMT 33 SRES,1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0056
R171 R178 R177 R193 R231 R167 R61 R34 R89
R82 R163 R135 R136 R169 R131 R112 R60 R56
R126 R71 R54 R69 R68 R143 R144 R58 R206
R213 R214 R90 R168 R255 R256
42 S25001-1002SMT 57 SRES,10K,MF,1206,1%,1/8W
R173 R191 R181 R164 R170 R172 R189 R186
R180 R91 R92 R93 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R22
R174 R201 R185 R104 R87 R33 R99 R260 R261
R139 R140 R121 R200 R107 R199 R103 R221
R229 R204 R242 R241 R216 R217 R218 R243
R246 R244 R245 R247 R248 R249 R250 R251
R252 R253 R2
43 S25001-4750SMT 28 SRES,475,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
R195 R194 R41 R11 R83 R86 R166 R165 R21
R15 R20 R88 R81 R14 R9 R17 R19 R10 R18
R16 R141 R138 R119 R116 R85 R84 R40 R36
44 S25001-4751SMT 15 SRES,4.75K,1206,1%,1/8W,SM100- R190 R192 R182 R184 R137 R146 R209 R210
R222 R42 R43 R46 R47 R51 R67
45 S25003-2000SMT 2 SRES,200,2512,5%,1W,TR,NP R132 R133
46 S25001-1501SMT 7 SRES,1.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R113 R118 R122 R74 R76 R80 R78
47 S25001-7500SMT 1 SRES,750,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R183
48 S25001-5110SMT 2 SRES,511,MF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR R24 R23
49 S25001-1004SMT 2 SRES
,
1M
,
1206
,
1%
,
1/8W
,
TR
(
9X0098 R212 R211
50 S25001-2672SMT 4 SRES,26.7K,THK,1206,1%,1/8W,10 R187 R114 R120 R72
51 S25001-3321SMT 4 SRES,3.32K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP
(
AM2 R123 R128 R129 R179
52 S25001-2212SMT 6 SRES,22.1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R37 R38 R35 R203 R8 R39
53 S25001-47R5SM
T
2 SRES,47.5,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R3 R2
54 S25001-4753SMT 1 SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R100
55 S25001-1003SMT 10 SRES,100K,1206,1%,1/8W,200PPM, R55 R111 R49 R108 R115 R124 R142 R208
R207 R106
56 S25001-1213SMT 1 SRES,121K,1206,MF,1%,1/4W R70
57 S25001-3322SMT 3 SRES,33.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R63 R65 R23
3
58 S25001-1000SMT 4 SRES,100,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R62 R44 R52 R30
59 S25001-2210SMT 5 SRES,221,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R59 R48 R102 R197 R45
60 S25001-2671SMT 1 SRES,2.67K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R109
61 S25001-1502SMT 2 SRES,150K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R117 R125
62 S25001-6811SMT 2 SRES,6.81K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R127 R130
63 S25001-1500SMT 2 SRES,150,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R196 R198
64 S25006-10R0 10 SRES,10, R151 R154 R157 R160 R148 R161 R158 R155
R152 R149
65 S25050-2SMT 5 STRA,2N4403,SO23,TR,
(
500475
)
,N Q17 Q16 Q15 Q13 Q14
66 S25051-6SMT 2 STRA,IRLR120N,10A,100V,MOSFET, Q9 Q1
0
67 S25050-1SMT 9 STRA,MMBT4401LT,NPN,SOT-23 Q12 Q4 Q7 Q5 Q6 Q1 Q18 Q19 Q20
68 S25051-4SMT 2 STRA,2N7002,TR,NP Q3 Q2
69 S25051-7SMT 1 SICS,IRF7103,NP Q11
70 S24020-
4
3 CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP J5 J11 J2
71 S24020-6 1 CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP J9
72 S24020-
2
2 CON,2P,TIN,MINI,NP J10A J10B
73 S18248-10 1 CON,10P,MINI,NP J3
74 S18248-16 1 CON,16P,MINI,NP J1
75 S24020-16 2 CON,16P,TIN,MINI,NP J6 J7
76 S24020-12 1 CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP J4
77 S24020-8 1 CON,8P,TIN,MINI,NP (or TH600-265) J8
78 S20353-4SMT 1 SICS,MAX485ESA,NP X29
79 S25065-2SMT 1 SICS,74ACT573,OCTAL,TRANS.,LAT X21
80 S25070-7SMT 1 SICS,TMS320F240PQA,NP X22
81 S15000-28SMT 4 SICS,HCPL-0601,OPTOCOUPLE
R
OCI1 OCI2 OCI3 OCI
4
82 S20353-
5
1 SICS,AN82527 X28
83 S25082-1SMT 1 SXTL,16MHZ,HC40,20PF,NP Y1
84 S20353-1SMT 1 SICS,MC145407,RECEIVER/DRVR,RS X16
85 S25067-3SMT 2 SICS,ADG417,SPST,CMOS,SWT,SO8 X13 X31
86 S17900-1SMT 1 74HC245, NEW PACKAGE X33
87 S15128-13SMT 1 SICS,OP-27G,OPAMP,SO8,TR,NP X1
88 S15128-18SMT 3 SICS,MC33074,QUAD,OPAMP,SO14,
T
X8 X14 X2
0
N.F. 89 S25069-3SMT 1 SICS,28F800B5-90,FLASH RO,90
n
X25
90 S25069-4SMT 1 SICS,128Kx16,20nS,TSOP X27
91 M15101-14SMT 1 SICS,MC68332 X24
92 S25068-8SM 1 SICS,MC79L05ABD X4
93 S25065-3SMT 2 SICS,74VHC14,NP X10 X30
94 S25057-3SMT 2 SICS,AD8403ARU10 X6 X32
95 M15105-9SMT 1 SICS,7945
(
old
p
acka
g
e
)
X12
96 S15018-21SMT 2 ICS,MIC4451BM X2 X
3
97 S25067-2SMT 1 SICS,ADG409BR X15
N.G. 98 S25070-3SMT 1 ICS,XC9536-15 VQ44 X17
99 S25069-2SMT 1 SICS,25128,SERIAL EEPR,NP X11
100 S15128-21SMT 2 SICS,LT1016,COMPARATO
R
X5 X
7
N.C. 101 S19869-
8
1 SWT,78B08S,DIP,SPST,8P,NP S1
102 S25066-2SMT 1 SICS,AD7862,DUAL,12BIT,250kSP
S
X19
103 S25068-7SMT 1 SICS,4.6V,2%,VOLT. DETECTOR,SO X23
104 S25070-4SMT 1 SICS,XCS20,FPGA X18
105 S20620-1003 4 RES,100K,AX,5%,1/2W,HI VOLT,TR R73 R79 R75 R77
106 S25040-12SMT 8 SDIO,MURS320T3,3A,200V,ULTRAFAS D51 D55 D56 D57 D98 D99 D100 D101
107 S25020-SMT 5 SCAP,100
p
F,0805,COG,100V,5% C15, C18, C22, C25, C27
108 S25000-1000SMT 6 SRES,100,0805,1%,1/10W R223, R224, R240, R226, R227, R228
109 T12702-60 2 DIO,1N5358B DZ3 DZ4
110 T12702-59 2 DIO,1N5333B DZ1 DZ2
111 S25049-2SMT 4 SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTKY D76 D77 D114 D115
112 S25001-3320SMT 6 SRES,332,1206,1%,1/4W R262 R263 R264 R265 R266 R267
113 S25040-6SMT 6 SDIO,BAV70 D84 D85 D86 D89 D90 D91
ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION REFERENCE-DESIGNATOR
1 L11088-D 1 DIGITAL CONTROL P.C. BD. BLANK
2 M19436-1 1 POTTING TRAY
3 S8053-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW
4 E2527 5.0 oz. EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN
5 E3539 0.1 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
6 S24803-1 1 FLASH SOFTWARE
7 S24804-2 1 CPLD SOFTWARE
9 S24671 3 PLUG, KEYING PLUG
10 E3868-4 1 BAR CODE LABEL
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRICAL DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
10
99
N.J. N.J.
V
G-8
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-9
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - POWER SUPPLY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
.1
C53
Vfb2
Vref 1
100K
R29
CNY17-3
OCI2
42
1
6
5
.5W
27V
DZ2
VFB
CS
COMPRT/CT
VCC
OUT
VREF
GND
X4
2
3
5
1
6
4
8
7
.5W
27V
DZ3
Vref 2
15.0 K
R1
4.7
35V
C3
.022
C49
221K
R34
10.0K
R56
100V
150p
C27
200V
1
C26
56.2K
R38
gnd_mcps
1.0A
30V
D23
T2
12
3
+5V
2000V
.0015
C31
50V
0.1
C2
J42
4
50V
0.1
C25
1.0
35V
C23
D10
1.00 K
R26
J43
9
D9
4.7
35V
C24
D25
G
D
S
21A
200V
Q2
150p
C52
1.0A
30V
D20
3W
0.05
R30
1.2 1K
R37
75K
R31
15.0
R32
3W
18V
DZ7
OV2
Detect
600V
1A
30-55 VDC
<30VDC
Undervoltage
1A
600V
ADJ
IN
OUT
X3
1.82 K
R20
15
R43
J43
1
5.62K
R28
D2
T2
14
1
OV1
4.7
35V
C1
D15
3W
3.3V
DZ4
D14 D17
4.7
35V
C33
4.7
35V
C10
D1
D12
T2
10
5
50V
0.1
C5
5.62K
R45
GND
IN
OUT
X6
OV2
GND
IN
OUT
X7
1.0
35V
C29
D13
100V
10p
C28
T2
11
4
Shutdown
249
R33
1.0
35V
C30
50V
0.1
C9
J43
5
150
R44
J43
4
150
R25
J43
10
> 55 VDC
Overvoltage
600V
1A
600V
1A
.33W
CAN
+5Volts, .100 Amp
RS232
+5Volts, .100 Amp
.33W
50V
820p
C4
Shut Down
Capacitor
DC Input (+)
1A
OV1
600V
56.2K
R39
J41
1
J41
4
4.7
35V
C6
3W
24V
DZ1
+
t
R55
T1
7
6
100V
10p
C32
50V
820p
C8
J41
3
6.19 K
R3
J41
2
D3
VFB
CS
COMPRT/CT
VCC
OUT
VREF
GND
X5
2
3
5
1
6
4
8
7
DC Input (-)
50V
0.1
C7
Machine Control
100K
R10
5.62K
R12
1.0A
30V
D21
GND
N.A. SINCE CO MPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRI NTED CIR CUIT B OARD MAY CHANGE
NUMBER.
NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE
WITHOUT AFF ECT ING THE INT ERCHANGE ABILITY OF A COMP LETE B OA RD, T HIS DIAGRAM MAY
NOTES :
15Volts, .250Amps
SPI
.33W
Operation
J43
6
10.0 K
R22
J43
3
100V
150p
C46
43.2K
R18
+
t
60V
.13
R40
J43
11
X2
TL431 REF
8
1
6
44.2K
R42
J43
12
CNY17-3
OCI3
42
1
6
5
50V
2700p
C16
Vfb2
Vref 2
+5Volts, 3 Amps
SPI
475K
R21
200V
1
C13
10.0 K
R4
6A
200V
D4
10.0 K
R27
10.0 K
R2
Operation
10-55 VDC
33.2
R15
100
10V
C43
47.5
R58
T1
1
2
11
12
10.0
R60
+
t
60V
.13
R50
10.0
R9
47.5
R6
47.5
R7
10.0
R61
+5Volts, .750 Amp
100
10V
C41
332
R53
50V
0.1
C39
6A
200V
D18
33.2
R16
LED2
+5V
Vref 1
Machine Control Power Supply
47.5
R57
T1
10
3
1.0A
30V
D22
2000V
.0015
C12
J42
3
43.2K
R49
100K
R5
221K
R52
44.2K
R51
50V
2700p
C42
10.0 K
R13
CNY17-3
OCI1
42
1
6
5
1.82 K
R14
D24
J42
5
J42
2
J42
6
3A
600V
D19
G
D
S
21A
200V
Q1
30.1
R35
475
R8
30.1
R36
3W
18V
DZ8
3W
0.0 5
R11
T1
5
8
33
25V
C11
50V
0.1
C14
.33W
1.0
35V
C47
1.21 K
R46
ADJ
IN
OUT
X8
ADJ
IN
OUT
X9
T1
9
4
1.0
35V
C40
J42
1
X1
TL431 REF
8
1
6
1.21 K
R48
50V
0.1
C44
4.7
35V
C38
gnd_mcps
Vfb1
Vfb1
.750 Amp
+15Volts
-15Volts, .100Amp
1A
600V
.33W
D8
100V
150p
C45
2.49K
R23
50V
0.1
C21
J43
2
J43
7
150
R64
J43
8
+
t
.24
R17
150
R62
LED1
2.49K
R19
100
10V
C35
150
R63
332
R41
50V
0.1
C34
100
10V
C37
16A
200V
D16
100
10V
C36
D7
D6
4.7
35V
C19
4.7
35V
C20
T2
8
7
4.7
35V
C18
4.7
35V
C17
T2
13
2
50V
0.1
C22
+
t
.24
R24
.33W
.33W
1A
1A
600V
600V
.33W.33W.33W
.200 Amps
Gate Drive
+20Volts
Gate Drive
+20Volts
.200 Amps
T2
9
6
SOLID EDGE
EN-170
MANUFACTURING TOLERA NCE P ER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWIS E SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CON TAINS PRO PRIE TARY IN FO RMATIO N OWNED B Y THE LINCOLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY AND IS N OT TO BE REPR ODUC ED , D ISCLOSED OR U S ED WITH OUT THE EXPR ESS WRI TTEN PERMIS SIO N OF THE LINC OLN E LECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAN D, OHIO U. S. A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISH ED STANDARDS.
DATE:
ON 2 P LACE DECIMALS IS ±.0 2
MATERI AL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
JP\TK Digital Systems
Digital Power Supply
G
NONE 11-30-98
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED: 3631
Chg. Sheet No."X" INFO.
XM5626
XB
6-2-2000A
EARTH GROUND CONNECTION
POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT
VOLTAGE NETSUPPLY
R-
FRAME CONNECTION
LAST NO. USED
COMMON CONNECTION
D-
C-
LABELS
CAPACITORS =
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
DIODES =
FILENAME: G3631-2D0
MFD
(
GENERAL INFORMATION
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
RESISTORS = Ohms (
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)1A, 400V
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
1/4W
.022/50V
G-9
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-10
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-POWER SUPPLY
SOLID EDGE
EN-170
MANUF ACTURING TOLERA NCE P ER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWIS E SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CON TAINS P RO PRIETARY IN FORMATIO N OWNED B Y THE LINCOLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY AND IS N OT TO BE REPRODUC ED , DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSIO N OF THE LINC OLN ELEC TRIC COMPANY, CLE VELAN D, OHI O U. S. A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISH ED STANDARD S.
DATE:
ON 2 P LACE DECIMALS IS ±.0 2
MATERI AL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANG LES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
Chg. Sheet No.
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
T. KOOKEN
T.K. / F.V. INVERTER WELDERS
DIGITAL POWER PC BD. ASBLY.
G
NONE 12-09-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
G3632-1C1
APPROVED:
"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA
XB 3632-2
6-2-2000A
BUY PER E3867
G3632-2D0
BUY AS
IDENTIFICATION CODE
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS
TEST PER E3856-P
PART NO.
NOTES:
N.A. SEE HEAT SINK MOUNTING DETAILS.
N.B. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 5 PRIOR
TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 (2 PLACES) WITH ITEM 3
(TOURQUE = 5.3 +/- .05 IN-LB). ITEM 1 SHOULD
BE ALLIGNED SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN ITEM 1's
CONNECTORS AND ITEM 2 IS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE.
N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO
ALLOF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.
N.E . TIGHTEN TO 6-8 in. lbs. WITHOUT APPLYING ANY PRESSURE
TO PLASTIC CASE OF ITEM 51.
N.F . PLACE A HEAVY FILM OF ITEM 74 ON HEATSINK SURFACE-
DO NOT GET ON THREADS.
N.G. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
AND BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN
AREA SHOWN.
HEATSINK MOUNTING DETAIL
V
56
55 45 51
N.E. N.F.
(6.14)
N.G.
3
2
1
DR
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY. DESCRIPTION REFERENCE
6 N/A 1 PCB,MTP,DC POWER ASSY,NP N/A
7 S25001-1821SMT 2 SRES,1.82K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R14 R20
8 S25001-5621SMT 3 SRES,5.62K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R12 R28 R45
9 S25001-1002SMT 6 SRES,10K,1206,1%,1/4W,(09X-007 R4 R13 R22 R2 R27 R56
10 S25001-5622SMT 2 SRES,56.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(500 R38 R39
11 S25001-1003SMT 3 SRES,100K,TKF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR, R5 R10 R29
12 S25001-3320SMT 2 SRES,330,1206,5%,1/4W R41 R53
13 S25001-2490SMT 1 SRES,249,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R33
14 S25001-2213SMT 2 SRES,221K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R34 R52
15 S25005-1SMT 2 SRES,0.05,1%,2W,TR,NP R11 R30
16 S25009-1001SMT 1 SRES,1K,5%,2W,TR,NP R26
17 S25001-33R2SMT 2 SRES,33.2,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R15 R16
18 S25001-4322SMT 2 SRES,43.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R18 R49
19 S25001-4422SMT 2 SRES,44.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R42 R51
20 S25084-1SMT 1 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R50
21 S25084-2SMT 2 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R17 R24
22 S25024-12SMT 11 SCAP,4.7uF,TAN,35V,20%,TR,NP
C1 C10 C17 C18 C19 C20 C24
C33 C38 C3 C6
23 S25024-2SMT 5 SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP C23 C29 C30 C40 C47
24 S25020-4SMT 2 SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, C4 C8
25 S25020-5SMT 2 SCAP,2700pF,0805,5OV,X7R,5%,TR C16 C42
26 S25020-3SMT 12 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR
C2 C5 C7 C9 C14 C21 C22 C25
C34 C39 C44 C53
27 S25020-18SMT 2 SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%,TR, C28 C32
28 S25026-1SMT 1 SCAP,33uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%,TR,LOW ESR C11
29 S25026-2SMT 5 SCAP,100uF,TAN,7343,10V,20%,TR C35 C36 C37 C41 C43
30 S25040-2SMT 7 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS,NP D10 D12 D13 D14 D17 D24 D25
31 S25080-1SMT 2 SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP LED1 LED2
32 S25040-3SMT 2 SDIO,MURD620CT,6A,200V,ULTRA-F D4 D18
33 S25049-2SMT 4 SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTTK D20 D21 D22 D23
34 S25040-13SMT 1 SDIO,MURB1620CT,16A,200V D16
35 S25044-13SMT 1 SDIO,1SMB5934BT3,24V,3W DZ1
36 S25046-5SMT 2 SDIO,MMSZ5254BT1,0.5W,27V,5%,T DZ2 DZ3
37 S25044-12SMT 1 SDIO,1SMB5913BT3,3W,3.3V,5%,TR DZ4
38 S25044-5SMT 2 SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%,TR, DZ7 DZ8
39 S25001-1502SMT 1 SRES,15K,FXD,1206,1%,1/8W,TR R1
40 S25001-6191SMT 1 SRES,6.19K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R3
ITEM PART NUMBER REQ'D. DESCRIPTION REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR
1 G3632-D 1 POWER PC BOARD BLANK
2 M19436-3 1 POTTING TRAY
3 S8025-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW
4 E2527 115g (4.1 oz) EPOXY ENCAPSULATIOG RESIN
5 E2861 AS REQ'D ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
(3.64)
41 S25040-11SMT 8 SDIO,MURS160,1A,600V,FAST RECO D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D15
42 S15128-10SMT 2 SICS,TL4311D,LIN,V-REF,36V,-40 X1 X2
43 S25071-2SMT 2 SICS,PWM CONTROLLER,I-MODE,NP X4 X5
44 S15000-10 3 TRA,CNY17-3,NP OCI1 OCI2 OCI3
N.A. 45 S18104-5 2 HSS,MTP,VERT MOUNT,TO220,NP Q1 Q2 HEATSINKS
46 S18380-15 1 RES,THERMISTOR,PTC,POS TEMP,TR R40
47 S18380-16 1 RES,THERMISTOR,NTC,NEG TEMP,NP R55
48 T11577-62 2 CAP,1uF,PEMF,200V,10%,NP C13 C26
49 S20375-9 1 TFM,L-5763-3,FLYBACK,NP T1
50 S20375-10 1 TFM,L-5764-3,FLYBACK,NP T2
N.A. 51 T12704-93 2 TRA,BUZ30A,NMF,21A,200V,T0220, Q1 Q2
N.B. 52 S24020-4 1 CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP J41
N.B. 53 S24020-6 1 CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP J42
N.B. 54 S24020-12 1 CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP J43
N.A. 55 N/A 2 SCREW N/A
N.A. 56 N/A 2 WASHER N/A
57 S25040-8SMT 1 SDIO,MURS360T3,NP D19
58 S20500-4 2 CAP, 1500pF,2000V,MET POLYPROP C12 31
59 S25020-2SMT 1 SCAP,0.022uF,50v, X7R C49
60 S25020-13SMT 4 SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5% C27 C45 C46 C52
61 S25002-47R5SMT 4 SRES,47.5,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R6 R7 R57 R58
62 S25000-10R0SMT 3 SRES,10,TKF,0805,1%,1/10W R9 R60 R61
63 S25002-30R1SMT 2 SRES,30.1,FXD,1210,5%,1/2W,TR R35 R36
64 S25068-9SMT 1 STRA,78M15C,DPACK X3
65 S15128-6SMT 1 STRA,7815C,DPACK X8
66 S25068-10SMT 1 STRA,79M15C,DPACK X9
67 S25002-2491SMT 2 SRES,2.49K,1210,5%,1/2W,T/R R19 R23
68 S25002-1211SMT 3 SRES,1.21K,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R46 R48 R37
69 S25002-1500SMT 5 SRES,150,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R25 R44 R62 R63 R64
70 S25001-4750SMT 1 SRES,475,1206 R8
71 N/A 2 SHSS,MTP,D2PACK,TO263 X8 D16 HEATSINKS
72 S25001-4753SMT 1 SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W R21
73 S25001-15R0SMT 2 SRES,15,1206,1%,1/8W R43 R32
N.A., N.F. 74 E1868 0.002 THERMALLOY THERMALCOTE 251 Q1 Q2 HEATSINK COMP
75 S25001-7502SMT 1 SRES,75K,1206,1% R31
76 S25068-1SMT 2 SICS,78M05,DPAK,V-REG X6 X7
N.A.
G-10
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-11
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - SWITCH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
G-11
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-12
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SWITCH
SOLID EDGE
EN-170
MANUFACTURING TOLERA NCE P ER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY IN FO RMATIO N OWNED BY THE LINC OLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, D ISCLOSED OR U S ED WITH OUT THE EXPR ESS WRI TTEN PERMIS SIO N OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC C OMP AN Y, C LEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARD S.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGR EE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
Chg. Sheet No.
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
F.V./JB
INVERTER WELDERS
SWITCH P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
G
FULL 5-11-2000
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
"X" INFO.
XM5626
XA
3830-1B1
6-2-2000A
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTOR = OHMS
G3830-1B1
MANUFACTURED AS:
IDENTIFICATION CODE
MAKE PER E1911
ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 3 COATS
TEST PER E3817-SW
PART NO.
NOTES:
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454
BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. SNAP POWER TERMINALS INTO COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD.
N.C. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD (WHERE
POSSIBLE) WITH SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.D. INJECT SEALANT ITEM 8 THROUGH THE PC BOARD TO SEAL MODULE LEADS
(16 PLACES), AND ALL COMPONENT LEADS ON THE NONO-COMPONENT
SIDE OF THE BOARD, THAT ARE COVERED BY MODULE CASE.
N.E. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE NON-COMPONENT SIDE AS SHOWN
EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.
N.F. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET
AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.
NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.
N.G. AFTER SOLDERING, INSPECT POWER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
TO ENSURE SOLDER HAS PROPERLY WET COMPONENT SIDE PAD
ON A MINIMUM OF 3 OF THE 4 LEGS OF THE POWER TERMINAL.
N.H. BAR MUST BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ON BOTH SURFACES
AROUND MOUNTING HOLES AND ENTIRE LENGTH OF MOUNTING SURFACE.
ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL MUST NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE MOUNTING
SURFACE PLANE. (2 PLACES)
N.J. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL, TOP AND BOTTOM, .80 +/- .05” DIA.
N.K. PC BOARD HOLES TO BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL AND SEALANT
FOR A DIAMETER OF .50” FOR THE LARGER HOLES, AND .25 FOR THE SMALLER
HOLES, BOTH SIDES OF BOARD. (4 PLACES).
N.L. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH SEALANT
PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. MATERIAL MUST BE APPLIED FROM TOP TO
COMPLETELY FILL TO UNDERSIDE OF DEVICE. THEN APPLY SEALANT AROUND
BASE OF DEVICE.
N.M. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH
ITEM 8 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION
MATERIAL ON THE TOP SURFACES NOR THE THREADS.
N.N. THESE SURFACES MUST BE MAINTAINEDCO-PLANAR WITHIN .010” THROUGH
ENTIRE SOLDERING AND SEALING PROCESS.
N.P. SEALANT HEIGHT BETWEEN MODULES NOT TO EXCEED .17” MAX.
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY
1 G3831-B P.C. BOARD BLANK 1
N.A. 2 M16100-44 ELECTRONIC MODULE (A1, A2) 2
3 S23006 TERMINAL (B211,B218,B204,B205,B209) 5
4 M19612 CURRENT TRANSDUCER (T2, T3) 2
5 S24866 POWER TERMINAL (B201, B208) 2
6 T9147-11 EYELET-FEMALE 8
7 T9147-15 EYELET-MALE 8
8 E2861 SEALANT 5.0oz
N.E., N.F.
SIDE
NON-COMPONENT
.105
HEIGHT
CRIMP
76
.285
.275
EYELET DETAIL
R .045
MAX.
Q6
D8
2
R63
C15
C 31
B20 5
R131
R67
DZ17
OCI 2
DZ13
J21
C9
D20
R62
TRI1
R125
C7
C12
R68
D1
R58
R69
R141
R45
R130
T3
R14 0
R57
R33
R12 7
C27
C R2
R107
R46
R14
C16
R123
R35
DZ11
B20 4
R59
R105
R4
R3
R29
C8
R 38
R75
1
C13
B20 6
R13
R 52
D 9
CR1
B212
OCI4
R 15
R 39
D4
DZ15
R65
R28
R49 R61
D7
R36
C 26
R79
C 2
DZ 22
A1
R138
R84
Q4
X2
R64
B201
R31
C 3
D Z1
DZ3
C28
R66
C6
R34
C 22
R8
R 97
C4
R11
R 78
T1
R 6
R106
R 27
R40
DZ20
DZ7
R74
R30
B20 3
R26
R 41
R100
R72
R50
R44
R 43
B216
R87
DZ8
R80
R51
R101
R120
C 5
R129
D17
DZ18
R85
C21
B211
R128
DZ2
C32
D12
R10
SWITCH
DZ5
DZ12
2
R53
X4
DZ9
R 7
R60
A2
R92
OCI1
R19
R21 DZ6
R70
R143
R98
B21 8
B21 7
B202
R20
R 5
Q5
D16
R82
R83
G3830-
1
R32
R122
D19
DZ10
C 20
R142
C 23
DZ19
DZ4
R 1
T2
R86
D14
X 1
DZ16
Q3
R124
R132
C18
X3
C14
1
R134
R42
R 9
R73
D18
R13 3
C24
R77
R81
B208
D21
R48
R139
B209
J20
Q2
B20 7
C29
R109
C10
C30
TP1
R76
C25
Q1
R55
R2
B21 3
R 22
R 99
J22
OCI 3
R135
C1
R47
C11
R56
R37
R126
V35
0
R12
R 93
R13 7
DZ 23
A1
5
4
3
1
2
N.N.
(2 PLACES) N.H.
(2 PLACES)
N.D.
(16 PLACES)
N.K.
(4 PLACES)
N.K.
(4 PLACES)
N.B., N.G., N.M.
(5 PLACES)
N.C.
N.L.
N.J.
(8 PLACES)
N.P.
C1,C23 2S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX
C10,C11 2 S13490-130 CAPACITOR,PCF,0.27,50V,5%
C2,C24 2 S20500-7 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.047,1600V,BOX,10%
C25,C26 2 T11577-57 CAPACITOR,PEF,0.1,400V,10%
C3,C18 2 S13490-93 CAPACITOR,TAEL,27,35V,10%
C31,C32 2 S16668-7 CAPACITOR,CEMO,820p,50V,5%
C4,C21 2 S20500-1 CAPACITOR,PPMF,0.1,1000V,10%,BOX
C5,C6,C15,C16 4 S16668-6 CAPACITOR,CEMO,4700p,50V,10%
C7,C12,C13,C14,C20,C27,C28 9 S16668-5 CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%
C29,C30
C8,C9,C22 3 S16668-9 CAPACITOR,CEMO,150p, 100V,5%
CR1,CR2 2 S14293-18 RELAY,DPST,12VDC,AG-CDO
D1,D4,D16,D17 4 T12705-59 DIODE,AXLDS,3A,600V,UFR
D7,D8,D9,D12,D14,D18,D19 9 T12199-1 DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400V
D20,D21
DZ1,DZ2,DZ3,DZ5,DZ6,DZ15 10 T12702-29 ZENER DIODE, 1W,15V,5% 1N4744A
DZ16,DZ18,DZ19,DZ23
DZ11,DZ22 2 T12702-4 ZENER DIODE, 1W,20V,5% 1N4747A
DZ4,DZ7,DZ17,DZ20 4 T12702-40 ZENER DIODE, 1W,6.2V,5% 1N4735A
DZ8 1 T12702-19 ZENER DIODE, 1W,12V,5% 1N4742A
DZ9,DZ10,DZ12,DZ13 4 T12702-45 ZENER DIODE, 1W,18V,5% 1N4746A
J20,J21 2 S24016-8 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,8-PIN
J22 1 S24016-4 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,4-PIN
OCI1,OCI2,OCI3 3 S15000-22 OPTOCOUPLER,PHOTO-Q,70V,CNY17-3/VDE
OCI4 1 S15000-29 OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRV,RANDOM,600V
N.A. Q1 1 T12704-75 TRANSISTOR,NMF,T247,4A,900V(SS)
N.A. Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5 4 T12704-73 MOSFET,4-PIN DIP,1A,100V,RFD110(SS)
Q6 1 T12704-69 TRANSISTOR,PNP,TO226,0.5A, 40V,2N4403
R1,R2,R3,R4,R7,R8,R9,R10 16 T14648-5 RESISTOR,WW,5W,3.3K,5%,SQ
R124,R125,R126,R127,R130
R131,R132,R133
R11,R12,R30,R31 4 S19400-1503 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150K,1%
R13,R39,R43,R60,R81,R92 6 S19400-3321 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.32K,1%
R137 1 S19400-3570 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,357,1%
R138 1 S19400-1500 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150,1%
R139 1 S19400-4750 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%
R14,R107 2 S19400-1652 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,16.5K,1%
R140 1 S19400-39R2 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,39.2,1%
R15,R20,R21,R22,R27,R28 12 S19400-10R0 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0,1%
R97,R98,R99,R100,R101,R106
R29,R83,R122,R141 4 S19400-1000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%
R32,R33,R34,R48,R49,R50 16 S19400-1003 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100K,1%
R51,R62,R63,R74,R75,R85
R86,R87,R134,R135
R35,R52,R73,R84 4 S19400-6191 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,6.19K,1%
R36,R37,R123 3 S19400-2213 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221K,1%
R38,R40,R42,R45,R53,R59 14 S19400-1002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%
R66,R69,R70,R72,R80,R82
R142,R143
R41,R67 2 S19400-4752 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5K ,1%
R44,R68 2 T12300-79 RESISTOR,WW, 1W,1.0,1%
R46,R76 2 S19400-3322 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,33.2K,1%
R47,R64 2 S19400-2000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,200,1%
R5,R6,R19,R26,R93,R105 9 S19400-1001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%
R109,R128,R129
R55,R56,R57,R58 4 S24376-3 RESISTOR,WW,10W,100,5%
R61,R77 2 S19400-8251 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,8.25K,1%
R65,R120 2 S19400-2001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.00K,1%
R78,R79 2 S16296-5 TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR
T1 1 S13000-46 TRANSFORMER,PCB;
T2,T3 2 M19612 CURRENT-TRANSDUCER,125-TURN
TP1 1 T13640-24 MOV,175VRMS,120J,20MM
TRI1 1 S15161-27 TRIAC,T220,8A,800V
X1,X4 2 S15128-10 VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PRECISION,431I
X2,X3 2 S15128-18 OP-AMP,QUAD, HIGH-PERF,33074
ITEM REQ'D PART NO. IDENTIFICATION
G-12
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-13
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - DISPLAY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
G-13
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-14
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-DISPLAY
SOLID EDGE
EN-168
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
F.V.
MISCELLANEOUS
SPI DISPLAY P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
L
FULL 11-19-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
G3443-1B2
APPROVED: 11130-2
Chg. Sheet No."X" INFO.
XM5626
XD
6-2-2000A
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS
BUY AS:
L11130-2C0
{
IDENTIFICATION CODE
PART NO.
BUY PER E3867
TEST PER E3856-D
2
8 N.A., N.F. 1
GROUND SIDE
V
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)
NOTES:
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.
N.C. USE ITEM 3 TO STAND ITEM 12 FROM THE P.C. BOARD. THERE MUST NOT
BE MORE THAN .020 GAP BETWEEN SPACER AND P.C. BOARD OR BETWEEN
SPACER AND LED. ENCAPSULATE P.C.BOARD, SPACER AND LOWER HALF OF LED.
N.D. DISP 1 THRU DISP 8 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME.
DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.
N.E. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.
N.F. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.
0
.50
1.78
1.90
1.45
.12
0
.31
.80
3.50
6.14
6.20
6.45
12
3
N.C.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR
1G3656-C DISPLAY PC BOARD BLANK 1
2L11166-1 FLEX CIRCUIT 1
3T15176-2 LED, SPACER, 0.140 HIGH 4
4E3539 ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND .01 oz
5S25020-3SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X 8C2,C3,C4,C5,C11,C12,C19,C20
N.E. 6 S25020-9SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,47pF,50V,5%,COG 0C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18
7S25024-7SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S 1C1
8S18248-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN 1J37
N.B. 9 S20496-1SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU 3X5,X6,X7
N.B. 10 S17900-28SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST 1X3
N.B. 11 S17900-8SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 1X1
N.A. 12 T13657-6 LED,T-1,RED,HLMP-K101 4LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4
DISP1,DISP2,DISP3,DISP4
DISP5,DISP6,DISP7,DISP8
N.A. 14 T13657-12 LED,T-1,3/4,YELLOW,HI-INTENSITY 3LED5,LED6,LED7
N.B. 15 S17900-26SMT IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) 1X2
16 S25000-1001SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 2R21,R26
17 S25000-1501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.50K,1 2R6,R16
18 S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 1R24
19 S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHM 3R22,R23,R25
20 S25000-1212SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 6R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14
21 S25000-4752SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 1R27
22 S25000-2670SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS 1R20
N.B. 23 S17900-10SMT IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI 1X4
8LED,DISPLAY,7-SEGMENT,CC,BRIGHTS17395-6
N.A.,N.D. 13
FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM REQ'DPART NO. DESCRIPTION
G-14
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-15
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC -STATUS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
G-15
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-16
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-STATUS
SOLID EDGE
EN-168
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
Chg. Sheet No.
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
F.V.
MISCELLANEOUS
SPI STATUS INPUT P.C. BOARD AS'BLY
L
NONE 9-30-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
"X" INFO.
XM5626
XD
11107-2
6-2-2000A
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS
BUY AS:
L11107-2B0
{
IDENTIFICATION CODE
PART NO.
BUY PER E3867
TEST PER E3856-ST
V
2
GROUND SIDE
1NOTES:
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.
N.D. INSERT ITEM 3 BETWEEN ROWS OF LED’s. ITEM 3 MUST BE FLUSH
WITH LED BULB.
N.E. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO
ENCAPSULATION.
N.F. LED 1 THRU LED 16 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME
AND VENDOR PART NUMBER. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS OR
VENDOR PART NUMBERS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.
N.B.
N.B.
N.B.
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)
N.B., N.E.
ITEM PART NO. REQ'D P.C. BOARD REFERENCE
DESIGNATORS DESCRIPTION
1 L11107-B 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK
2 L11166-1 1 FLEX ASSEMBLY
3 E3165 2 E3165-.25-.35-1.00
4 E3539 .01 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
5 S13490-104 1 C1 CAPACITOR,TAEL,39,20V,10%
6 S16668-11 9 C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12,C27 CAPACITOR,CEMO,0.1, 50V,10%
7 S13490-42 3 C7,C9, C26 CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.0,35V,10%
8 S16668-5 4 C10,C21,C22, C25 CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%
N.C. 9 S16668-3 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 CAPACITOR,CEMO,100P, 100V,5%
10 S13490-40 2 C23,C24 CAPACITOR,TAEL,2.7,50V,10%
11 S18248-10 1 J31 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN
12 S24020-4 1 J311 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,4-PIN
N.A.
N.B.
N.F.
13 T13657-11 14
LED 1,LED 2, LED 3, LED 4, LED 6,
LED 7, LED 9, LED 10, LED 11, LED
12, LED 13, LED 14, LED 15, LED 16
RED LED
14 S19400-1002 2 R1, R25 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%
15 S19400-1001 5 R2,R4,R6,R24,R27 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%
16 S19400-4751 2 R3,R22 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,4.75K,1%
17 S19400-1212 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,12.1K,1%
18 S19400-1000 5 R17,R18,R19,R23R26 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%
19 S19400-2670 1 R20 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267,1%
20 S19400-4750 1 R21 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%
N.B. 21 T13381-16 2 S1,S2 SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST
N.A. 22 S17900-8 1 X1 IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14A(SS)
N.A. 23 S17900-26 1 X2 IC,CMOS,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)
24 S17900-28 1 X3 IC,CMOS,HEX,BUFFER,3-STATE,2-BIT,4-BI
N.A. 25 S17900-10 1 X4 IC,CMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BIT(SS)
N.A. 26 M15105-7 1 X5 IC,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT,(SS)
27 S20496-1 2 X6,X7 IC,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED, CC,MCU
N.C. 28 T13657-11 0 LED 5, LED 8 RED LED
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS
33
N.D.
N.B.
STATUS INPUT
L11107-2
X7
LED9
S2
X1
R27
C18
R11
C15
C16
R12
R13
C17
R24
R25 LED1 LED2
LED10 LED11 LED12
C4
C13
R14
R9 R10
C14 C3
X2
C1
C2
J31
X6
C11
C24 R6
X4
C5
C21
R19
R23
R18
LED8
LED13 LED14
LED7 LED6
LED15 LED16
LED5
C26
C12
X3
C9
R1
R2
C6
C7 X5
R3
R21
R4
C10
C8
R22
C23
S1
R17
C22
C27
R26
C25
LED3 LED4
R20 R20
J311
N.D.
.00
.18
2.78 4.38 6.88
7.58
7.80
.00
1.11
.16
2.06
2.30
G-16
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-17
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - MODE SELECT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
G-17
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-18
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-MODE SELECT
SOLID EDGE
EN-168
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
Chg. Sheet No.
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
M.D.
MISCELLANEOUS
SPI MODE SELECT P.C. BD ASSEMBLY
L
FULL 2-23-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
G3443-1B2
APPROVED:
"X" INFO.
XM5626
XE
11110-1
6-2-2000A
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS
BUY AS:
L11110-1A1
{
IDENTIFICATION CODE
ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER
E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)
NOTES:
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.
N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.
N.D. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN .010 GAP BETWEEN SPACERS,
OR BETWEEN SPACER & LED, OR BETWEEN SPACER & P.C. BOARD.
ENCAPSULATE P.C. BOARD, SPACERS & LOWER HALF OF LED.
N.E. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.
2
1
0
2.10
0N.A., N.E.
N.A.
N.A.
PART NO.
BUY PER E3867
TEST PER E3856-MS
V
GROUND SIDE
N.A.
N.A.
6.90
J34
L11110-1L11110-1
ARB
MODE SELECTMODE SELECT
R3
R9
R23
R24
R14
R13
R12
R11
R10
R4
R6
R20
R21
R16
R18
R19
R17
X3 X2
X1
C2
C6
C8
C4
C3
C5
C12
C10
C23
C22
X5
C25
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED4
LED5
R15
R25
R26
R27
X6 C1
C7
C9
C11
R1
R2
R5 R7
S1
X4
C13
C16
C15
C18
C14
C17
N.D.
3
PC BOARD REFERENCE
DESIGNATORS
1 L11110-A 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK
2 L11166-1 1 FLEX ASSEMBLY
3 T15176-1 10 LED SPACER
4 E3539 .01 oz. ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND
5S13490-104 1C1 39/20V
6S16668-11 8C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12 0.1/ 50V
7S13490-42 2C7,C9 1.0/35V
8S16668-5 5C10,C22,C23,C25,C28 .022/ 50V
N.C. 9S16668-2 0C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 47P/100V
10 S13490-40 4C29,C30,C31,C32 2.7/50V
11 S18248-10 1J34 HEADER
N.A. 12 T13657-11 5LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4,LED5 RED LED
13 S19400-1002 1R1 10.0K 1/4W
14 S19400-1001 2R2,R4 1.00K 1/4W
15 S19400-4751 3R3,R24,R25 4.75K 1/4W
16 S19366-1 2R5,R7 10K 1/2W TRIMMER
17 S19400-1501 1R6 1.50K 1/4W
18 S19400-1212 6R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 12.1K 1/4W
19 S19400-1000 7R15,R16,R17,R18,R19,R26,R27 100 1/4W
20 S19400-2670 1R20 267 1/4W
21 S19400-4750 2R21,R23 475 1/4W
N.A. 22 T13381-17 1S1 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH,SPST
23 S17900-8 1X1 IC,HC14A(SS),SCHMITT INVERTER
24 S17900-26 1X2 IC,HC151(SS),8-INPUT MULTIPLEXER
25 S17900-28 1X3 IC,3-STATE,2-BIT BUFFER
26 S17900-10 1X4 IC,PI/SO 8-BIT(SS) SHIFT REGISTER
27 M15105-7 1 X5 IC,10-BIT (SS) A/D CONVERTER
28 S20496-1 1X6 IC,LED DISPLAY DRIVER
N.B.
FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION
G-18
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-19
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC - REMOTE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
G-19
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-20
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-REMOTE
SOLID EDGE
EN-168
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBL ISHED STANDARDS.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMAL S IS ±.02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
Chg. Sheet No.
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
APPROVED:
"X" INFO.
XM5626
XC-UF
11109-1
6-2-2000A
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS
L11109-1A1
37 S25001-7500SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,750OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R135
38 S25000-2213SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,221K,1% R138
39 S25000-1001SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 R139
40 S25000-3570SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,357OHMS R140
41 S25000-4752SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 R141
42 S25003-15R0SMT 3 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,15.0OHMS,1% R142,R143,R144
43 S25010-2SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,MF,121K,1/4W,1%,SURGE R15,R16
44 S25010-3SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,MF,1W,20.0K,1%,SURGE R17,R18,R76,R80,R119,
R120
45 S25000-4751SMT 11 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 R2,R3,R4,R5,R6,R7,R28,
R29, R39,R40,R116
46 S25000-1002SMT 10 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1 R26,R27,R32,R33,R34,
R35,R36,R37,R38,R145
47 S25000-2670SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS R41
48 S18380-14 5 THERMISTOR,PTC,500OHMS,28mA R42,R43,R44,R64,R65
49 S25001-3320SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,332OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R46,R47
50 S25001-2210SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,221OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R48,R49
51 S25001-1000SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,100OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R51,R52
52 S25000-3321SMT 5 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,3.32K,1 R55,R56,R57,R126,R127
53 S25000-6811SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,6.81K,1 R62,R63,R128,R129,
R130,R131
54 S25000-6813SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681K,1% R66,R67
55 S25000-9092SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,90.9K,1 R68,R69
56 S25000-2801SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.80K,1 R70,R71
57 S25000-1212SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 R8,R9,R10,R11,R12,R13
58 S25000-2002SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,20.0K,1 R82,R85
59 S25001-6810SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,681OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R86
60 S25004-2430SMT 5 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,243OHMS,1% R91,R92,R93,R99,R107
61 S17900-8SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 X1
62 S20496-1SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU X10
63 S25068-5SMT 1 IC,SMD,VOLTAGE CONVERTER,SWITCHED-CAP X11
64 S15128-10SMT 1 IC,SMD,VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PECISION,431I X12
65 S15018-22SMT 1 IC,SMD,ARRAY,CLAMPING,HEX,SOIC-8 X14
66 S15018-11SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD,201(SS X15
67 M15458-4SMT 1 IC,PWM-CONTROLLER,I-MODE,2842A, SOIC- X16
68 S17900-26SMT 1 IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) X2
69 S17900-10SMT 2 IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI X3,X4
70 M15105-7SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT X5
71 S15128-18SMT 2 IC,OP-AMP,SMT,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,33074D X6,X7
72 S17900-28SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST X8
ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR
1 G3709-A 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK
2 M19436-4 1 POTTING TRAY
3 S8025-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW
4 L11166-1 1 FLEX CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY
5 E2527 66.7g ( 2.19 oz ) EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN
6 E3539 .57g (.02 oz ) ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
7 S25020-3SMT 38 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C9,
C10,C11,C12,C13,C14,
C15,C16,C17,C18,C19,
C20,C21,C22,C47,C48,
C49,C50,C51,C52,C53,
C54,C55,C56,C57,C58,
C59,C60,C61,C62,C65,
C66,
8 S25020-12SMT 0 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,100pF,100V,5%,C C23,C24,C25,C26,C27,
C29
9 S25020-5SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X C30,C32
10 S13490-184 1 CAPACITOR,ALEL,330,100V,20% C34
11 S25020-7SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.22MF,50V,20%, C35,C36
12 S25024-2SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,1.0MF,35V,10%, C37
13 S25024-5SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,4.7MF,35V,10%, C40
14 S25024-9SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,100MF,20V,20%, C41
15 S25024-7SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S C42,C46
16 S25020-6SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,4700pF,50V,5%, C63
17 S25020-2SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10% C64
18 S25040-1SMT 1 DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,FAST RECOVERY,DO-21 D20
19 S25049-2SMT 1 DIODE,SMD,1A,30V,SMA,SCHOTTKY D21
20 S25040-5SMT 3 DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR D24,D25,D26
21 S25040-2SMT 4 DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC D3,D6,D7,D19
22 S25044-1SMT 3 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,5.1V,5%, SMB DZ1,DZ2,DZ3
23 S25046-4SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123 DZ10
24 S25044-4SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,15V,5%, SMB DZ11
25 S25044-6SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,27V,5%, SMB DZ12
26 S25044-3SMT 4 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,12V,5%, SMB DZ6,DZ7,DZ8,DZ9
27 S18248-10 1 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN J33
28 S24020-12 1 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN J331
29 S15000-25SMT 1 OPTOCOUPLER,SSR,FORM:1A+1B,0.17A,8-PI OCI1
30 S25050-1SMT 4 TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MM Q2,Q3,Q4,Q7
31 S25050-2SMT 1 TRANSISTOR,SMS,PNP,SOT23,0.5A, 40V,MM Q6
32 S25051-2SMT 1 TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,D2PAK,18A,200V,IRF Q8
33 S25000-2431SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.43K,1 R1
34 S25000-2211SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.21K,1 R113,R121
35 S25000-3322SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,33.2K,1 R115
36 S25003-2211SMT 3 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,2.21K,1% R132,R133,R134
G-20
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-21
V350-PRO
SCHEMATIC-SNUBBER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
S24761
6-2-2000
G-21
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-22
V350-PRO
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SNUBBER
EN-166
SOLID EDGE
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
SCALE:
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
DESIGN INFORMATION
t
DRAWN BY:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DATE:
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ") TO AGREE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
SUBJECT:
Chg. Sheet No.
ENGINEER:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
DRAWING No.:
F.V.
INVERTER WELDERS
SNUBBER P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
M
NONE 10-6-99
REFERENCE:
SUPERSEDING:
APPROVED:
"X" INFO.
XM5626
XC-UF
19532-1
6-2-2000
N.A., N.B.
SIDE
COPPER
.105
HEIGHT
CRIMP
.285
.275
EYELET DETAIL
R .045
MAX.
4
3
B20
T14710
R2
12
RW5F
C2
BOXCP4
B30
T14710
R3
12
RW5F
C3
BOXCP4
B40
T14710
R4
12
RW5F
C4
BOXCP4
B1
QC1
6
C1
BOXCP4
B10
T14710
R1
12
RW5F
SNUBBER M19532-
1
0
.55
1.92
2.90 +.04
0
.60 1.75 2.90 3.50 +.04
1
2
MAKE PER E1911
ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 2 COATS
TEST PER E3817-SN
M19532-1A0
MANUFACTURED AS:
IDENTIFICATION CODE
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY
1 M19532-A P.C. BOARD BLANK 1
2 T13157-16 TAB TERMINAL 1
3T9147-11 EYELET-FEMALE 4
4 T9147-15 EYELET-MALE 4
NOTES:
N.A. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE COPPER SIDE AS SHOWN
EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.
N.B. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET
AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.
NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.
ITEM REQ'D PART NO. DESCRIPTION
C1,C2,C3,C4 4 S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX
R1,R3 2 T14648-20 RESISTOR,WW,5W,150,5%,SQ
R2,R4 2 T14648-25 RESISTOR,WW,5W,10,5%,SQ
G-22
Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC
SVM ERROR REPORTING FORM
We need to know if there are errors in our manuals. We also value any suggestions as to
additional tests or procedures that would make this SVM a better tool for you.
If you discover new or different “Problems or Symptoms” that are not covered in the three col-
umn troubleshooting chart, please share this information with us. Please include the
machine’s code number and how the problem was resolved.
Thank You,
Technical Services Group
Lincoln Electric Co.
22801 ST. Clair Ave.
Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199
FAX 216-481-2309
SVM Number ___________________________
Page Number if necessary__________________
Your Company__________________________
Your Name_____________________________
Please give detailed description below:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
SD287 01/99
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC

Navigation menu